MX10004 Universal Routing Platform

Hardware Guide

Published

2024-11-06
 ii

Juniper Networks, Inc.

1133 Innovation Way
Sunnyvale, California 94089
USA
408-745-2000
www.juniper.net

Juniper Networks, the Juniper Networks logo, Juniper, and Junos are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc.
in the United States and other countries. All other trademarks, service marks, registered marks, or registered service
marks are the property of their respective owners.

Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right
to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.

MX10004 Universal Routing Platform Hardware Guide

Copyright © 2024 Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved.

The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.

YEAR 2000 NOTICE

Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related
limitations through the year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use
with) Juniper Networks software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License
Agreement ("EULA") posted at https://support.juniper.net/support/eula/. By downloading, installing or using such
software, you agree to the terms and conditions of that EULA.
 iii

Table of Contents
About This Guide | x

1 Fast Track: Initial Installation

Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power | 2

Install the MX10004 in a Rack | 2

Connect to Power | 6

Install the Front Door | 10

Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10004 | 12

2 Overview
MX10004 System Overview | 14

MX10004 Hardware Overview | 14

MX10004 Components and Configurations | 23

MX10004 Component Redundancy | 27

MX10004 Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping | 28

MX10004 Chassis | 31

MX10004 Chassis Physical Specifications | 31

MX10004 Field-Replaceable Units | 34

MX10004 Status Panel | 36

MX10004 Optional Equipment | 38

MX10004 Cooling System | 39

MX10004 Cooling System and Airflow | 39

MX10004 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs | 44

MX10004 Power System | 51

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 52

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Specifications | 57

 iv

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply LEDs | 58

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 61

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Specifications | 63

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply LEDs | 64

MX10004 Power Cable Specifications | 66

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 83

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Specifications | 84

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply LEDs | 86

MX10004 Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications | 89

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Components and Descriptions | 90

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Description | 91

MX10004 Routing and Control Board LEDs | 94

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 99

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board Description | 99

MX10K-LC2101 | 102

MX10K-LC480 | 104

MX10K-LC9600 | 108

MX10K-LC4800 | 113

3 Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

MX10004 Site Preparation Overview | 120

MX10004 General Site Guidelines | 120

MX10004 Site Preparation Checklist | 121

MX10004 Environmental Requirements and Specifications | 122

MX10004 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines | 124

MX10004 Rack Requirements | 125

MX10004 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance | 128

 v

MX10004 Power Planning | 129

Power Requirements for MX10004 Components | 129

Calculate Power Requirements of an MX10004 Router | 130

How to Calculate the Power Consumption of Your MX10004 Router Configuration | 131

How to Calculate the Number of Power Supplies Required for Your MX10004
Configuration | 133

MX10004 Transceiver and Cable Specifications | 139

MX10004 Optical Transceiver and Cable Support | 139

MX10004 Cable Specifications for Console and Management Connections | 140

MX10004 Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion | 141

Calculate the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Budget for an MX10004 Router | 143

Calculate the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Margin for an MX10004 Router | 143

MX10004 Alarm and Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts | 145

Console Port Connector Pinouts for an MX10004 Router | 146

USB Port Specifications for the MX10004 Router | 147

Management Port Pinouts for the MX10004 Router | 148

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the External Clock Ports | 149

4 Initial Installation and Configuration

MX10004 Installation Overview | 152

Unpack the MX10004 Router | 153

Unpack the MX10004 Shipping Pallet | 153

Unpack Line Cards, Routing Control Boards, and Switch Fabric Boards for the MX10004
Router | 156

Compare the MX10004 Router Order to the Packing List | 157

Register Products—Mandatory to Validate SLAs | 165

Mount the Juniper Networks MX10004 Router Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-
Mount Kit | 165

Install the Front Door on an MX10004 Router | 172

 vi

Install the Front Door With Air Filter | 172

Install the Front Door Without Air Filter | 175

Maintain the Air Filter | 177

Connect the MX10004 to Power | 180

Connect the MX10004 Router to Earth Ground | 180

Connect AC Power to an MX10004 Router | 183

Connect DC Power to an MX10004 Router | 184

Connect the MX10004 Router to External Devices | 184

Connect an MX10004 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 185

Connect an MX10004 Router to a Management Console | 186

Perform the Initial Configuration for the MX10004 Router | 187

5 Maintaining Components
MX10004 Power System Maintenance | 193

Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 194

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 202

Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 206

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 209

Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 212

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 219

MX10004 Cooling System Maintenance | 221

Install an MX10004 Fan Tray | 222

Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray | 224

Install an MX10004 Fan Tray Controller | 226

Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray Controller | 228

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board Maintenance | 230

How to Handle and Store MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 231

How to Hold an SFB | 231

 vii

How to Store a Switch Fabric Board | 232

Install an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 233

Remove an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 237

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Maintenance | 242

Handle and Store Routing and Control Boards Properly | 242

Handle a Routing and Control Board Properly | 242

Store a Routing and Control Board in an Electrostatic Bag | 243

Install an MX10004 Routing and Control Board | 244

Remove an MX10004 Routing and Control Board | 246

MX10004 Line Card Maintenance | 248

Handle and Store MX10004 Line Cards Properly | 248

Handle an MX10004 Line Card Properly | 248

Store a Line Card Properly | 249

Bring an MX10004 Line Card Online or Take It Offline | 250

Install an MX10004 Line Card in the Router Chassis | 251

Remove a Line Card from an MX10004 Router Chassis | 254

Install the Cable Management System—JLC-CBL-MGMT-KIT | 256

MX10004 Transceiver and Fiber Optic Cable Installation and Removal | 260

Install a Transceiver in an MX10004 Line Card | 261

Remove a Transceiver from an MX10004 Line Card | 262

Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable to an Optical Transceiver in an MX10004 Router | 264

Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from an Optical Transceiver on an MX10004 Router | 265

Fiber-Optic Cable Maintenance for an MX10004 Router | 266

Remove an MX10004 Router | 266

Power Off an MX10004 Router | 267

Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift | 268

Manually Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack | 270

 viii

6 Troubleshooting the MX10004 Router

Alarm Messages | 274

Understanding Alarms | 274

Interface Alarm Messages | 276

7 Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components

Return Procedures for the MX10004 Chassis or Components | 278

Return Procedure Overview | 278

Locate the Serial Number on an MX10004 Chassis or Component | 279

List the MX10004 Chassis and Component Details Using the CLI | 279

Locate the Chassis Serial Number ID Label on an MX10004 Chassis | 280

Locate the Serial Number ID Label on an MX10004 Power Supply | 280

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10004 Fan Trays and Fan Tray Controllers | 281

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10004 Routing and Control Boards | 282

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10004 Line Card | 283

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 284

Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for an MX10004 Router
or Component | 284

How to Pack an MX10004 Router or Component for Shipping | 285

Pack an MX10004 Chassis for Shipping | 286

Pack MX10004 Components for Shipping | 289

8 Safety and Compliance Information

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 292

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels | 293

Qualified Personnel Warning | 295

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden | 295

Fire Safety Requirements | 296

Installation Instructions Warning | 297

Restricted Access Warning | 298

Ramp Warning | 299

 ix

Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines | 300

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings | 300

Grounded Equipment Warning | 304

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 305

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 306

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 309

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 315

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 316

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines | 318

AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 319

AC Power Disconnection Warning | 320

DC Power Disconnection Warning | 321

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning | 322

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning | 323

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 325

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 326

TN Power Warning | 327

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident | 327

Agency Approvals for MX10004 Routers | 328

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX10004 Router | 330
 x

About This Guide

Use this guide to install hardware and perform initial software configuration, routine maintenance, and
troubleshooting for the MX10004 Universal Routing Platform.

After completing the installation and basic configuration procedures covered in this guide, refer to the
Junos OS documentation for information about further software configuration.
1 CHAPTER

Fast Track: Initial Installation

Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power | 2

Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10004 | 12

 2

Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

This procedure guides you through the simplest Install the MX10004 in a Rack | 2
steps for the most common installation to mount Connect to Power | 6
your MX10004 router in a rack and connect it to
power. Install the Front Door | 10

Install the MX10004 in a Rack

IN THIS SECTION

Mount the Router | 3

You can mount an MX10004 router in a four-post closed-frame rack or a four-post open-frame rack by
using a rack-mount kit shipped with the router by default. We’ll walk you through the steps to install an
MX10004 router and connect it to power.

The router chassis weighs approximately 123 lb (56 kg) with only the fan tray controllers installed.

You can mount an MX10004 manually or by using a mechanical lift. Because of the router's size and
weight, we strongly recommend that you use a mechanical lift to mount the router.

Ensure that you have a mechanical lift rated for 250 lbs (113.4 kg).

You must install the router in a restricted-access location and ensure that the chassis is always grounded
properly.

Before you install, review the following:

• "MX10004 Site Preparation Overview" on page 120

• "General Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 292

• "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316

 3

• "Unpack the MX10004 Router" on page 153

• "Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines" on page 300

Mount the Router

To mount the MX10004 router on a four-post rack:

1. Place the router on a flat, stable surface.

2. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist, and connect the
other end to a site ESD point.

3. Attach the mounting blades to the front rack posts by using six rack mount screws.

4. From the rear of the rack, slide the mounting tray into the rear posts of the rack such that the
mounting blades slide into the grooves on the mounting tray.

5. Attach the mounting tray to the rear rack posts by using eight rack mount screws.

6. Check that the mounting tray is level.

 4

7. Attach the mounting tray to the mounting blades in the rack with the 12 Phillips 8-32 x .375 in.
flat-head screws.

8. Load the router onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform.

9. Align the router in front of the rack, centering it in front of the mounting tray.

10. Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. (1.9 cm) above the surface of the mounting tray. Align the
chassis as close as possible to the mounting tray.

11. Carefully slide the chassis onto the mounting tray until the chassis flanges touch the rack rails. The
mounting blades ensure that the holes in the chassis flanges line up with the holes in the rack rails.
 5

12. Starting at the bottom, attach the chassis to the rack by inserting eight rack mount screws through
each open flange hole and rack hole.

13. Move the lift away from the rack.

14. Check the alignment of the router. The rack mount screws on each side of the rack should line up,
and the router should be level. Tighten the screws.

15. Insert the safety restraint between the rear posts of the rack. It should rest on the top of the
chassis and align with the holes in the rack.

16. Attach the restraint to the rack by inserting six mounting screws through each flange hole and rack
hole and tightening the screws.
 6

Connect to Power

IN THIS SECTION

Install the Power Supplies | 6

Ground the Router | 7

Connect the Power Cable and Power On the Router | 9

The MX10004 router supports AC, DC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and high-voltage direct
current (HVDC). In this guide, we show you how to connect AC power.

CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix AC and DC
power supplies in a production chassis.

WARNING: Protect yourself from severe burns by wearing heat-protective gloves when
removing a running JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from the chassis. The power
supply can reach temperatures from 158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C) under running
conditions.

To connect the MX10004 router to AC power:

Install the Power Supplies

To install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in an MX10004 router:

1. If the power supply slot has a cover on it, insert your thumb and forefinger into the finger holes,
squeeze, and pull the cover out of the slot. Save the cover for later use.

2. Peel back and remove the protective plastic wrap that covers all four sides of the power supply.

3. Ensure that the power switch is set to the standby (O) position. This switch turns off the output
voltage; it doesn’t interrupt input power.

4. Unscrew the captive screw in the counterclockwise direction by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 1.

5. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.
 7

NOTE: You can install the power supplies in any slot labeled PSU 0 through PSU 2 (top to
bottom) on an MX10004 router.

6. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the system. Slide
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. Ensure
that the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power supply
covers.

7. Push the captive screw into the power supply faceplate. Ensure that the screw is seated inside the
corresponding hole on the faceplate.

8. Tighten the captive screw by turning it clockwise with the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1. Do not
overtighten—do not apply more than 7.3 lb-in (0.82 Nm) of torque to the screws. When the screw is
completely tight, the latch locks into the router chassis.

Ground the Router

To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation,
you must connect the chassis to earth ground. Make this connection before you connect the router to
power.

To connect the MX10004 router to earth ground:

1. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug (provided in the accessory kit) to the
grounding cable.

2. Connect the other end of the grounding cable to a proper earth ground, such as the rack in which the
router is mounted.
 8

3. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Figure 1: ESD Point for the MX10004

1— Grounding point

4. Remove the two M6 screws with attached washers on the chassis using either a Pozidriv or Phillips
screwdriver.

5. Place the chassis grounding lug and cable over the screw holes with the cable connection pointing to
the left.
 9

6. Place the two screws with attached washers over the grounding lug and grounding cable.

7. Tighten the two M-6 screws using a Pozidriv or Phillips screwdriver.

8. Secure the grounding cable and ensure that it doesn’t touch or block access to other device
components and that it doesn’t drape where people can trip over it.

Connect the Power Cable and Power On the Router

To connect the power cable and power on the MX10004 router:

1. Turn off the power switch on the power supply.

2. If the power source outlet has a power switch, turn it off.

3. Attach each AC power supply to a dedicated power source.

NOTE: If you need power source redundancy, you can attach each power cable to separate
power sources.

4. For each AC power cable, insert the end of the cable with the Anderson connector into the power
supply. The connector snaps and locks the cable into position.

WARNING: Ensure that the power cord does not block access to router components
or drape where people can trip on it.

5. Set the three DIP switches on the power supply to indicate whether one or both power feeds are
used, and to indicate the amperage of the feeds. Together, these switches determine if the chassis
operates at 3,000 W, 5,000 W, or 5,500 W.

If you're using both power feeds, set switch 1 and switch 2 to the on (|) position. Power is shared. If
you’re not using power source redundancy, set the unused source to the off (O) position. The LED
turns red and indicates an error if a power source input is not in use and the DIP switch is on (|).

Switch State Description

1 On INP1 is present.

Off INP1 is not present.

 10

(Continued)

Switch State Description

2 On INP2 is present.

Off INP2 is not present.

3 On Enabled for 30-A feed; 5,000 W

for single feed, 5,500 W for dual
feeds.

Off Enabled for 20-A feed; power

supply capacity is 3,000 W.

6. Plug the AC power cord into the power outlet.

7. If the power source outlet has a power switch, turn it on.

8. Turn on the power switch on the power supply.

9. If you’re using two power feeds, verify that the 1 and 2 LEDs on the power supply faceplates are
steadily lit. These LEDs correspond to INP1 and INP2.

Install the Front Door

IN THIS SECTION

Install the Front Door Without the Air Filter | 10

You must install the front door to protect the fiber-optic cabling and to provide additional protection to
the router from electromagnetic interference (EMI).

Install the Front Door Without the Air Filter

To install the front door without an air filter on the MX10004 router:
 11

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) grounding strap around your bare
wrist, and connect the other end of the strap to the ESD point on the front of the chassis.

1— ESD point

2. Insert all optics.

3. Lift the front door and align the captive screws in the door with holes in the chassis flange. Fasten
the door to the chassis and rack using the captive screws, and hand tighten.
 12

Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10004

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

This topic provides you with pointers to onboard, Juniper Paragon Automation | 12
configure, and monitor MX10004 routers using Junos OS CLI | 12
Juniper Paragon Automation, or Junos OS CLI.

Juniper Paragon Automation

You can use Juniper Paragon Automation to onboard, manage, and monitor MX10004. See the Juniper
Paragon Automation Documentation page for more information.

Junos OS CLI

You can configure and monitor MX10004 routers using the Junos OS CLI. See Table 1 on page 12 for
more information.

Table 1: Configure MX10004 Using Junos OS CLI

If you want to Then

Customize basic configuration See "Perform the Initial Configuration for the
MX10004 router" on page 187.

Explore the software features supported on the See Feature Explorer.

MX10004

Configure supported software features on the See MX10004 Documentation.

MX10004
2 CHAPTER

Overview

MX10004 System Overview | 14

MX10004 Chassis | 31

MX10004 Cooling System | 39

MX10004 Power System | 51

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Components and Descriptions | 90

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 99

MX10K-LC2101 | 102

MX10K-LC480 | 104

MX10K-LC9600 | 108

MX10K-LC4800 | 113
 14

MX10004 System Overview

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

This chapter describes the Juniper® Networks MX10004 Hardware Overview | 14

MX10004 Universal Router, its hardware MX10004 Components and
components, the CLI terms that match terms in this Configurations | 23
user documentation, and the Junos OS software that
runs the MX10004 router. MX10004 Component Redundancy | 27

MX10004 Hardware and CLI Terminology

Mapping | 28

MX10004 Hardware Overview

IN THIS SECTION

Benefits | 15

Chassis Description | 15

Switch Fabric Boards | 17

Routing and Control Board | 18

Line Cards | 19

Cooling System | 20

Power Supplies | 21

Software | 23

The MX10004 router is the most compact, high-density, and power-efficient modular router in the
MX10000 line of modular packet-routing transport routers. At only 7 U in height, the MX10004 is
designed for today’s space-constrained facilities. Like the larger MX10000 routers, the MX10004
supports Juniper Networks’ 400-Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) architecture with inline Media Access Control
Security (MACsec) on all ports for point-to-point security on Ethernet links.
 15

The MX10004 provides 1-Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 25-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit
Ethernet, 50-Gigabit Ethernet, 100-Gigabit Ethernet, or 400-Gigabit Ethernet modular solutions that
support up to 38.4 terabits per second (Tbps) of throughput. The MX10004 power system and the
Routing Control Board (RCB) provide redundancy and resiliency.

Benefits

The MX10004 is a small-footprint complement to the larger MX10000 modular chassis, with these
benefits:

• Ease of deployment—The MX10004 features a compact 7-U modular chassis for sites with limited
space or power.

• Modular, flexible design—The MX10004 router uses the custom silicon line cards (2.4 Tbps, 480
Gbps, and 9.6 Tbps throughput) and power supplies found in the larger MX10000 modular chassis.

• Always-on infrastructure base—The MX10004 is engineered with full hardware redundancy for
power and host subsystems—Routing and Control Boards (RCBs)—allowing service providers to meet
stringent service-level agreements across the core.

• Nondisruptive software upgrades—The Junos OS operating system on MX10004 supports high

availability (HA) features such as graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES) and nonstop active
routing (NSR).

Chassis Description

The MX10004 router is 7-U tall. You can install up to six MX10004 routers in a standard 42-U rack with
adequate cooling and power. All key MX10004 router components are field-replaceable units (FRUs).
Figure 2 on page 16 illustrates the key components visible from the front of the chassis, Figure 3 on
page 16 illustrates the components that are visible from the rear of the chassis, and Figure 4 on page
17 illustrates the components that are internal to the chassis and are accessible after removing the fan
trays.
 16

Figure 2: MX10004 Chassis Front

Figure 3: MX10004 Chassis Rear

 17

Figure 4: MX10004 Chassis Internal Components

1— Fan tray controllers 2— Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

See "MX10004 Chassis Physical Specifications" on page 31.

Switch Fabric Boards

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) create the switch fabric for the MX10004. Each SFB has a set of connectors
to mate the line cards and the Routing and Control Board (RCB) to the switch fabric. See Figure 5 on
page 18 for an example of the JNP10004-SF2 Switch Fabric Board.

For the MX10004 switch fabric, three SFBs provide reduced switching functionality to an MX10004
router. Six SFBs provide full throughput. You install the SFBs between the line cards and the fan trays
inside the chassis. Each MX10004 SFB has four connectors. Each connector matches up with a line card
slot, eliminating the need for a backplane.

You can order the MX10004 with different SFB configurations that enable you to grow your system as
needed. See "MX10004 Components and Configurations" on page 23.
 18

Figure 5: JNP10004-SF2 Switch Fabric Board

Routing and Control Board

The Routing and Control Board (RCB) contains a Routing Engine and is responsible for system
management and system control in the MX10004. See "MX10004 Routing and Control Board
Components and Descriptions" on page 90. RCBs are field-replaceable units (FRUs) that you install in
the front of the chassis in the slots labeled CB0 and CB1.

The supported models of RCB for JNP10004-SF2 fabric systems are as follows:

• JNP10K-RE1, 64 gigabytes of memory

• JNP10K-RE1-LT, 64 gigabytes of memory

• JNP10K-RE1-128, 128 gigabytes of memory

These RCBs run Junos OS 22.3R1. See Figure 6 on page 19.

 19

Figure 6: The JNP10K-RE1 and JNP10K-RE1-128 Routing and Control Boards

The MX10004-BASE configuration has a single RCB. The fully redundant configurations have two RCBs.
The RCB also contains Precision Time Protocol (PTP) ports and four Media Access Control Security
(MACsec) capable ports. See "MX10004 Components and Configurations" on page 23.

Line Cards

The MX10004 has four horizontal line card slots. The line cards combine a Packet Forwarding Engine
and Ethernet interfaces enclosed in a single assembly. The MX10004 line card architecture is based on a
number of identical, independent Packet Forwarding Engine slices. Line cards are FRUs that you can
install in the line card slots labeled 0 through 3 (top to bottom) on the front of the chassis. All line cards
are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

The MX10004 supports the following line cards:

• "MX10K-LC2101" on page 102

• "MX10K-LC480" on page 104

• "MX10K-LC9600" on page 108

See Figure 7 on page 19 for an example of an MX10004 line card.

Figure 7: The MX10K-LC9600 Line Card

 20

Cooling System

The cooling system in an MX10004 consists of two fan trays (see Figure 8 on page 20) and two fan
tray controllers (see Figure 9 on page 21).

The JNP10004-FAN2 fan tray contains an array of six fans and operates as a single hot-removable and
hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU). You install the fan trays vertically on the rear of the chassis
to provide front-to-back chassis cooling. See "MX10004 Cooling System" on page 39.

Figure 8: Fan Tray JNP10004-FAN2

Each JNP10004-FAN2 fan tray has a corresponding fan tray controller, JNP10004-FTC2. See Figure 9
on page 21.
 21

Figure 9: Fan Tray Controller JNP10004-FTC2

Power Supplies

The MX10004 routers support AC, DC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and high-voltage direct
current (HVDC) through the following power supplies:

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2

Power supplies for the MX10004 are load-sharing, hot-removable, hot-insertable FRUs. The router
operates with three power supplies. Each power supply has an internal fan for cooling. You can install
the power supplies in any slot. See Figure 10 on page 22, Figure 11 on page 22, and Figure 12 on
page 23.

CAUTION: Avoid mixing power supply models in the same chassis in a running
environment.
 22

Figure 10: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

Figure 11: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

 23

Figure 12: JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

Table 2 on page 23 provides an overview of the differences between the power supplies.

Table 2: Power Supply Overview

Power Supply Model Input Type Wattage

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 AC, HVAC, or HVDC 5000 W, single feed; 5500 W, dual feed

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 DC only 2750 W, single feed; 5500 W, dual feed

Software

The Juniper Networks MX10004 Universal Routing platform runs on the Junos OS 22.3R1 operating
system.

MX10004 Components and Configurations

IN THIS SECTION

MX10004 Configurations | 24
 24

MX10004 Configurations

Table 3 on page 24 lists the hardware configurations for an MX10004 modular chassis and the
components included in each configuration.

Table 3: MX10004 Hardware Configurations

Router Configuration Configuration Components

MX10004-BASE • Chassis (JNP10004-CHAS)

• One RCB (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT or JNP10K-RE1-128)

• One RCB cover (JNP10K-RE-BLNK)

• Two fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2)

• Two fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2)

• Two AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC2) or two DC power supplies

(JNP10K-PWR-DC2)

• One power supply blank cover panel (JNP10K-PWR-BLNK)

• Five SFBs (JNP10004-SF2)

• One SFB cover (JNP10004-SF-BLNK)

• Four line card covers (JNP10K-LC-BLNK)

• Front door (JNP10004-FRNT-PNL or JNP10004-FRPNL1)

 25

Table 3: MX10004 Hardware Configurations (Continued)

Router Configuration Configuration Components

MX10004-PREMIUM • Chassis (JNP10004-CHAS)

• Two RCBs (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT or JNP10K-RE1-128)

• Two fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2)

• Two fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2)

• Three AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC2) or three DC power

supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC2)

• Six SFBs (JNP10004-SF2)

• Four line card covers (JNP10K-LC-BLNK)

• Front door (JNP10004-FRNT-PNL or JNP10004-FRPNL1)

MX10004-3F-BASE • Chassis (JNP10004-CHAS)

• One RCB (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT or JNP10K-RE1-128)

• One RCB cover (JNP10K-RE-BLNK)

• Two fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2)

• Two fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2)

• Two AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC2) or two DC power supplies

(JNP10K-PWR-DC2)

• One power supply blank cover panel (JNP10K-PWR-BLNK)

• Three SFBs (JNP10004-SF2)

• Three SFB cover (JNP10004-SF-BLNK)

• Four line card covers (JNP10K-LC-BLNK)

• Front door (JNP10004-FRNT-PNL or JNP10004-FRPNL1)

 26

Table 3: MX10004 Hardware Configurations (Continued)

Router Configuration Configuration Components

MX10004-4F-PREM • Chassis (JNP10004-CHAS)

• Two RCBs (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT or JNP10K-RE1-128)

• Two fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2)

• Two fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2)

• Three AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC2) or three DC power

supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC2)

• Four SFBs (JNP10004-SF2)

• Two SFB cover (JNP10004-SF-BLNK)

• Four line card covers (JNP10K-LC-BLNK)

• Front door (JNP10004-FRNT-PNL or JNP10004-FRPNL1)

NOTE: In MX10004-3F-BASE and MX10004-4F-PREM configurations with MX10K-LC9600 line

cards installed the fabric capacity is only 52% and 69% respectively. When you try to use all the
ports on the line cards, it leads to fabric over-subscription. To prevent fabric over-subscriptions,
you must use only the odd-numbered ports or only the even-numbered ports.

NOTE: You must order line cards and the cable management system separately. They are not part
of the base or redundant configuration.

NOTE: If you want to purchase additional power supplies (AC, DC, HVAC, or HVDC), SFBs, or
RCBs for your router configuration, you must order them separately.
 27

MX10004 Component Redundancy

The MX10004 router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail.
The following major hardware components in the redundant configuration provide redundancy:

• Routing and Control Board (RCB)—The RCB consolidates the Routing Engine function with the
control plane function in a single unit. The MX10004 router can have one or two RCBs. When two
RCBs are installed, one functions as the primary RCB, and the other functions as the backup RCB. If
the primary RCB (or either of its components) fails, the backup RCB can take over as primary. See
"MX10004 Routing and Control Board Components and Descriptions" on page 90.

• Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)—The MX10004 has six SFB slots for the JNP10004-SF2 SFBs. The
switch fabric requires a minimum of three SFBs to provide the reduced switching functionality to an
MX10004 router. You can achieve 5+1 SFB redundancy, only when the MX10004 router is
populated with MX10K-LC2101 or MX10K-LC480 line cards or a mix of the two line cards. You must
install all six SFBs for MX10K-LC9600 line card support.

• Power supplies—The system requires two power supplies for minimum operation. If you install three
power supplies, the third power supply provides 2+1 redundancy. If one power supply fails in a fully
redundant system, the other power supplies can provide full power to the MX10004 router
indefinitely.

With the power supply redundancy, when one power supply fails, it does not cause line cards to go
offline. Only the No Redundant Power minor alarm is raised. You can disable this alarm by using the set
chassis no-psu-redundancy command.

Line cards can go offline depending on the total chassis power available at that time. When an line
card goes offline due to insufficient power, Power Budget: Insufficient Power major alarm is raised.

The MX10004 router also supports power source redundancy. Four sets of lugs are provided for the
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 cables, and two AC power cords are provided for each JNP10K-PWR-AC2
power supply.

• Cooling system—The MX10004 has two fan trays, both of which are controlled by the corresponding
fan tray controllers. If one of the fans in a JNP10004-FAN2 fan tray fails, under most conditions the
fan tray rebalances the remaining fans to continue. The fan tray continues to operate indefinitely and
provide sufficient cooling even when a single rotor fails in a fan, provided that the room temperature
is within the operating range. See "MX10004 Cooling System" on page 39.
 28

MX10004 Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping

This topic describes the hardware terms used in MX10004 router documentation and the corresponding
terms used in the Junos OS CLI. See Table 4 on page 28.

Table 4: CLI Equivalents of Terms Used in Documentation for MX10004 Routers

Hardware Description (CLI) Value (CLI) Item in Additional Information

Item (CLI) Documentati
on

Chassis MX10004 – Router "MX10004 Chassis Physical

chassis Specifications" on page 31

Fan tray JNP10004-FAN2 Fan Tray 0|1 Fan n Fan tray "MX10004 Cooling System" on
page 39
The variable n is a
value in the range of
0–11. The value
corresponds to the
individual fan number
in the fan tray.

FPC (n) Abbreviation for The variable n is a Line card Understanding Interface
the Flexible PIC value in the range of Naming Conventions
Concentrator (FPC) 0–3 for the MX10004.
The value corresponds
On MX10004, an to the line card slot
FPC is equivalent number in which the
to a line card. line card is installed.

PIC (n) Abbreviated name The variable n is a – Understanding Interface

of the Physical value in the range of Naming Conventions
Interface Card 0–5.
(PIC).
 29

Table 4: CLI Equivalents of Terms Used in Documentation for MX10004 Routers (Continued)

Hardware Description (CLI) Value (CLI) Item in Additional Information

Item (CLI) Documentati
on

PEM (n) Abbreviation for The variable n is a AC, DC, or One of the following:
power supply value in the range of HVDC power
module 0–2. The value supply • Figure 10 on page 22
corresponds to the
One of the • "JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power
power-supply slot
following: Supply" on page 61
number.

• JNP10K-PWR- • "JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power

AC3 Supply" on page 83

• JNP10K-PWR-
AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-
DC2

Routing RE (n) The variable n is a RCB "MX10004 Routing and

Engine value in the range of Control Board Components
0–1. and Descriptions" on page 90

Multiple line items

appear in the CLI if
more than one RCB is
installed in the chassis.
 30

Table 4: CLI Equivalents of Terms Used in Documentation for MX10004 Routers (Continued)

Hardware Description (CLI) Value (CLI) Item in Additional Information

Item (CLI) Documentati
on

SFB (n) This field indicates: The variable n is a Fabric plane show chassis sfb
value in the range of
• State of the 0–5.
fabric plane:

• Active

• Spare

• Check

• Status of the
Packet
Forwarding
Engine in each
fabric plane:

• Links OK

• Error

Xcvr (n) Abbreviation for The variable n is a Optical "MX10004 Optical Transceiver
the transceiver value equivalent to the transceivers and Cable Support" on page
number of the port in 139
which the transceiver
is installed.
 31

MX10004 Chassis

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

Learn about the MX10004 router chassis, the field MX10004 Chassis Physical
replaceable units (FRUs), and the physical Specifications | 31
specifications of each component. MX10004 Field-Replaceable Units | 34

MX10004 Status Panel | 36

MX10004 Optional Equipment | 38

MX10004 Chassis Physical Specifications

The MX10004 modular chassis is a rigid sheet-metal structure that houses the other router
components. You can mount up to six MX10004 routers in a standard 19-in. 4-post rack (42 U),
provided that the rack can bear the combined weight and that adequate power and cooling is available.
See Figure 13 on page 32 to help identify the major components. See Table 5 on page 32 for the
physical specifications of the chassis of these components.
 32

Figure 13: Front View of the MX10004 Router

1— RCBs 3— Line cards

2— Status panel

WARNING: The handles on each side of the chassis are not for lifting the chassis. These
handles facilitate the fine-tune positioning of the chassis on the base brackets. Do not
use the handles to lift the chassis, even when the chassis is empty. See "Mount the
Juniper Networks MX10004 Router Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-Mount
Kit" on page 165 for instructions about properly moving a loaded chassis.

Table 5: MX10004 Router Physical Specifications

Description Weight Height Width Depth

Chassis, MX10004- 217 lbs (99 kg) 12.2 in. (31 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.21 cm)
BASE AC or DC with JNP10004-
NOTE: The outer
configuration FAN2 fan trays
edges of the chassis
flange extend the 42.7 in. (108.5 cm)
width to 19 in. with EMI door
(48.3 cm).
 33

Table 5: MX10004 Router Physical Specifications (Continued)

Description Weight Height Width Depth

Chassis 210 lbs (95 kg) 12.2 in. (31 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.21 cm)
MX10004-3F-BASE with JNP10004-
NOTE: The outer
AC or DC FAN2 fan trays
edges of the chassis
configuration
flange extend the 42.7 in. (108.5 cm)
width to 19 in. with EMI door
(48.3 cm).

Chassis MX10004- 248 lbs (113 kg) 12.2 in. (31 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.21 cm)
PREMIUM AC or with JNP10004-
NOTE: The outer
DC configuration FAN2 fan trays
edges of the chassis
flange extend the 42.7 in. (108.5 cm)
width to 19 in. with EMI door
(48.3 cm).

Chassis redundant 239 lbs (108 kg) 12.2 in. (31 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.21 cm)
MX10004-4F- with JNP10004-
NOTE: The outer
PREM AC or DC FAN2 fan trays
edges of the chassis
configuration
flange extend the 42.7 in. (108.5 cm)
width to 19 in. with EMI door
(48.3 cm).

MX10K-LC2101 31.57 lb (14.32 kg) 1.89 in. (4.8 cm) 17.2 in. (43.7 cm) 19.05 in. (48.3 cm)
line card (excluding FRU
ejector)

MX10K-LC480 Line 21.6 lb (9.8 kg) 1.89 in. (4.8 cm) 17.2 in. (43.68 cm) 19.05 in. (48.3 cm)
Card (excluding FRU
ejector)

MX10K-LC9600 27 lb (12.24 kg) 1.89 in. (4.8 cm) 17.2 in. (43.68 cm) 19.05 in. (48.3 cm)
Line Card (excluding FRU
ejector)
 34

Table 5: MX10004 Router Physical Specifications (Continued)

Description Weight Height Width Depth

MX10K-LC4800 40 lb (18.14 kg) 1.89 in. (4.8 cm) 17.2 in. (43.68 cm) 19.05 in. (48.3 cm)
Line Card (excluding FRU
ejector)

MX10004 Field-Replaceable Units

Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that you can replace at your site. The router uses
the following types of FRUs:

• Hot-insertable and hot-removable—You can remove and replace these components without powering
off the router or disrupting the routing function.

• Hot-pluggable—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router, but
the routing function is interrupted until you replace the component.

Table 6 on page 34 lists the FRUs and their types for the MX10004 routers.

Table 6: FRUs in a MX10004

FRU Type

Power supplies Hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Fan trays Hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Fan tray controllers Hot-insertable and hot-removable.

 35

Table 6: FRUs in a MX10004 (Continued)

FRU Type

Routing and Control Boards Redundant configuration:

(RCBs)
• Primary RCB is hot-pluggable.

• Backup RCB is hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Base configuration:

Removal of the RCB causes the router to shut down. To prevent traffic
disruption, take the chassis offline. If a temporary disruption is acceptable, you
can install a replacement RCB in the second slot. The system restarts to elect a
primary RCB and a backup RCBs If necessary, you can manually switch the
primary and backup RCB using the request chassis routing-engine master
switch command.

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) SFBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. We recommend that you take
SFBs offline before removing them to avoid traffic loss while the router fabric
is being reconfigured. Use the following command:

request chassis sfb slot slot-number offline

Line cards Hot-insertable. We recommend that you take line cards offline before
removing them. Use the following command:

request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

Optical transceivers Hot-insertable and hot-removable.

NOTE: Line cards are not part of the base or redundant configuration. You must order them
separately.

NOTE: If you have a Juniper Care service contract, register any addition, change, or upgrade of
hardware components at https://www.juniper.net/customers/support/tools/updateinstallbase/.
 36

Failure to do so can result in significant delays if you need replacement parts. This note does not
apply if you replace an existing component with the same type of component.

MX10004 Status Panel

The MX10004 status panel shows the overall status of the chassis.

The MX10004 chassis ships with an enhanced power bus to future-proof the chassis for potential
power growth.

The status panel indicates the chassis status through a set of five bicolor LEDs. It has an Azure blue
stripe along the left side of the LEDs. See Figure 14 on page 36 for a chassis status panel.

Figure 14: Status Panel on the Chassis

Table 7 on page 36 describes the status panel LEDs.

Table 7: Status Panel LEDs on an MX10004

Name Color State Description

! Minor alarm (Triangle Yellow Off No minor alarms are active.

warning symbol)

On steadily A minor alarm is active.

 37

Table 7: Status Panel LEDs on an MX10004 (Continued)

Name Color State Description

Alarm (Bell symbol) Yellow Off No minor alarms are active.

On steadily A minor alarm is active.

Red Off No major alarms are active.

On steadily A major alarm is active.

! Major alarm (Circle Red Off No major alarms are active.

warning symbol)

On steadily A major alarm is active.

POWER SUPPLIES Green On steadily All of the power supplies are online and
operating normally.

Yellow Blinking One or more of the power supplies has

an error.

None Off None of the power supplies is receiving

power.

FANS Green On steadily The fans and the fan tray controllers are
online and operating normally.

Yellow Blinking An error occurred in a fan or in one of

the fan tray controllers.

None Off The fan tray controllers and fan trays are
not receiving power.

SIBS Green On steadily At least one installed Switch Fabric

Board (SFB) is online.
 38

Table 7: Status Panel LEDs on an MX10004 (Continued)

Name Color State Description

Yellow Blinking A hardware error occurred in one or

more SFBs.

None Off All the SFBs are offline.

LINE CARDS Green On steadily All installed line cards are online.

Yellow Blinking One or more line cards have an error.

None Off All the line cards are offline.

CONTROL BOARDS Green On steadily All installed Routing and Control Boards
(RCBs) are online.

Yellow Blinking One or more RCBs have an error

condition.

None Off The installed RCBs are offline.

MX10004 Optional Equipment

The MX10004 routers offer the following optional equipment:

1. Line card cable management kit (JLC-CBL-MGMT-KIT)

2. JNP10004 replaceable air filter (JNP10004-FLTR)

 39

MX10004 Cooling System

IN THIS SECTION

MX10004 Cooling System and Airflow | 39

MX10004 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs | 44

The MX10004 cooling system components work together to keep all components within the acceptable
temperature range. If the maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be
adequately cooled, the Routing and Control Board (RCB) shuts down some or all of the hardware
components.

MX10004 Cooling System and Airflow

IN THIS SECTION

Fan Tray | 39

Fan Tray Controller | 42

Airflow Direction in the MX10004 | 43

The cooling system in an MX10004 chassis consists of dual fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2) with matching
dual fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2). Each fan tray requires a companion fan tray controller to be
installed and operational to be hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Fan Tray

The JNP10004-FAN2 fan tray contains an array of internal fans, a non-removable control board, and
LEDs.

The two fan trays install vertically, side by side, next to the power supplies on the rear side of the
chassis. Two handles on each front faceplate facilitate handling of the fan tray. See Figure 15 on page
40 and Figure 16 on page 40.
 40

Figure 15: JNP10004-FAN2 Fan Tray

Figure 16: Installed Fan Trays on an MX10004

1— Power supplies 2— Fan trays

See Table 8 on page 41 for the physical specifications of the fan trays.
 41

Table 8: Fan Tray Specifications

Specification JNP10004-FAN2

Corresponding fan tray controller model JNP10004-FTC2

Number of fans per fan tray 6

Number of fans per chassis 12

Fan numbering 0 through 11

Volume flow at 100 percent 948 CFM for both fan trays

Height 12.08 in. (30.68 cm)

Width 6.6 in. (16.8 cm)

Depth 5.5 in. (13.97 cm) without handles, 6.85 in. (17.4 cm) with handles

Weight 9.8 lb (4.45 kg)

The fan tray operates as a single unit. If an individual fan in the tray fails, you must replace the entire fan
tray. However, the fan tray continues to operate indefinitely and provides sufficient cooling even when a
single fan rotor fails. The fan tray operates indefinitely provided that the room temperature is within the
operating range.

If you want to replace an existing fan tray while the router is running, remove only one fan tray. The
router continues to operate for a limited time with a single operating fan tray without triggering a
thermal alarm.

CAUTION: To avoid triggering a thermal alarm, remove only one fan tray while the
router is operating.
 42

Fan Tray Controller

The MX10004 supports two fan tray controllers to provide the control logic and power to hot-insert and
hot-remove a fan tray

JNP10004-FTC2—Supports model JNP10004-FAN2; see Figure 17 on page 42.

Figure 17: Fan Tray Controller JNP10004-FTC2

WARNING: Do not mix the fan tray controller models. Use only the supported fan tray
model for each fan tray controller. See Table 9 on page 42.

Table 9: Fan Tray Controller Specifications

Specification JNP10004-FTC2

Corresponding fan tray model JNP10004-FAN2

Height 1.5 in. (3.81 cm)

Width 6.5 in. (15.24 cm)

Depth 12.4 in. (31.5 cm)

Weight 1.1 lb (0.5 kg)

 43

The system continually monitors the temperature of critical parts across the chassis and adjusts the
chassis fan speed according to the temperature. Junos OS controls the fan speed. Under normal
operating conditions, the fans in the fan tray run at less than full speed. If one fan tray controller fails or
appears missing , the other fan tray controller sets the fans to full speed. (A fan tray can appear to be
missing when you replace an SFB, for example.) The ability to modify fan speed enables the router to
continue to operate normally as long as the remaining fans cool the chassis sufficiently. Use the show
chassis fan command to see the status of individual fans and fan speed.

To determine the cooling of all the components in the system, use the show chassis environment command.

Airflow Direction in the MX10004

The air intake to cool the chassis is located on the port (line card) side of the chassis. Air flows into the
chassis from the ports in the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs) and line cards, through the Switch
Fabric Boards (SFBs), and exits from the fan trays and the power supplies. See Figure 18 on page 43.

Figure 18: Airflow Through an MX10004

The fan tray continues to operate indefinitely and provide sufficient cooling even when a single rotor
fails, provided the room temperature is within the operating range. You can check the status of fans by
viewing the LEDs on each fan tray.

You cannot replace a single fan. If one or more fans fail, you must replace the entire fan tray.

In addition to the fans in the fan trays, an internal fan in each power supply also helps to cool
components such as line cards.
 44

MX10004 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs

IN THIS SECTION

Fan Tray LEDs | 44

Fan Tray Controller LEDs | 49

Each fan tray has a set of LEDs, and each corresponding fan tray controller also has a set of LEDs.

Fan Tray LEDs

Each fan tray has a set of five LEDs that represent the status of the fans in the fan tray, the fan tray
controller, and three of the Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) that are installed behind the fan tray. The LEDs
are located on the top left corner of each fan tray. Figure 19 on page 44 shows the location of the
LEDs on JNP10004-FAN2 fan trays.

Figure 19: Fan Tray JNP10004-FAN2 LEDs

1— Fan status LED 3— SFB status LEDs - The SIB STATUS LEDs on
the left fan tray display the status of the
three SFBs installed in SFB 0 through SFB 2
 45

and the SIB STATUS LEDs on the right fan

tray display the status of the three SFBs
installed in SFB 3 through SFB 5.
2— Fan tray controller status LED

Table 10 on page 45 describes the functions of the fan tray LEDs.

Table 10: Fan Tray LEDs on an MX10004

Name Color State Description

FAN (fan status) Green On steadily All fans are operating normally. The
system has verified that the fan tray is
engaged, that the airflow is in the
correct direction, and that all fans are
operating correctly.

Green Blinking The fan tray is starting. The fan tray is

not ready.

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in one or

more fans in the fan tray. Replace the
fan tray as soon as possible. Either the
fan has failed or it has become
disconnected. To maintain proper
airflow through the chassis, leave the
fan tray installed in the chassis until you
are ready to replace it.

Amber Blinking Beacon is enabled.

None Off The fan is not receiving power from the

fan tray controller. All fans are off.

FTC (fan tray controller Green On steadily Power is on. The fan tray controller is
status) online and is operating normally.
 46

Table 10: Fan Tray LEDs on an MX10004 (Continued)

Name Color State Description

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in the fan

tray controller. Replace the fan tray
controller as soon as possible. The fan
tray controller is located behind the fan
tray above the SFBs. To maintain proper
airflow through the chassis, leave the
fan tray installed in the chassis until you
are ready to replace the fan tray
controller.

Amber Blipping Beacon is enabled.

None Off The fan tray controller is not receiving

power.

SIB Status (SFB 0 status) Green On steadily The left-most SFB in the chassis is
online.

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in SFB 0.

Replace the SFB as soon as possible.
The SFB is located behind the left fan
tray and is the left-most SFB in the
chassis. To maintain proper airflow
through the chassis, leave the fan tray
installed in the chassis until you are
ready to replace the SFB.

Amber Blipping Beacon is enabled.

None Off The SFB is offline.

SIB Status (SFB 1 status) Green On steadily The center SFB behind the left fan tray
is online.
 47

Table 10: Fan Tray LEDs on an MX10004 (Continued)

Name Color State Description

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in SFB 1.

Replace the SFB as soon as possible.
The SFB is located behind the left fan
tray and is the middle SFB in the group
of 3. To maintain proper airflow through
the chassis, leave the fan tray installed
in the chassis until you are ready to
replace the SFB.

None Off The SFB is offline.

SIB Status (SFB 2 status) Green On steadily The right-most SFB behind the left fan
tray is online.

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in SFB 2.

Replace the SFB as soon as possible.
The SFB is located behind the left fan
tray and is the right-most SFB in the
group of 3. To maintain proper airflow
through the chassis, leave the fan tray
installed in the chassis until you are
ready to replace the SFB.

Amber Blipping Beacon is enabled.

None Off The SFB is offline.

SIB Status (SFB 3 status) Green On steadily The left-most SFB behind the right fan
tray is online.
 48

Table 10: Fan Tray LEDs on an MX10004 (Continued)

Name Color State Description

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in SFB 3.

Replace the SFB as soon as possible.
The SFB is located behind the right fan
tray and is the left-most SFB of the
group of 3. To maintain proper airflow
through the chassis, leave the fan tray
installed in the chassis until you are
ready to replace the SFB.

Amber Blipping Beacon is enabled.

None Off The SFB is offline.

SIB Status (SFB 4 status) Green On steadily The center SFB behind the right fan tray
is online.

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in SFB 4.

Replace the SFB as soon as possible.
The SFB is located behind the right fan
tray and is the middle SFB in the group
of 3. To maintain proper airflow through
the chassis, leave the fan tray installed
in the chassis until you are ready to
replace the SFB.

Amber Blipping Beacon is enabled.

None Off The SFB is offline.

SIB Status (SFB 5 status) Green On steadily The right-most SFB behind the right fan
tray is online.
 49

Table 10: Fan Tray LEDs on an MX10004 (Continued)

Name Color State Description

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in SFB 5.

Replace the SFB as soon as possible.
The SFB is located behind the right fan
tray and is the right-most SFB in the
group of 3. To maintain proper airflow
through the chassis, leave the fan tray
installed in the chassis until you are
ready to replace the SFB.

Amber Blipping Beacon is enabled.

None Off The SFB is offline.

Fan Tray Controller LEDs

The fan tray controller LEDs are visible only when the associated fan tray is removed. The fan tray
controller LEDs are located on the right of the controller panel. Figure 20 on page 49 shows the
location of the LEDs on the JNP10004-FTC2 fan tray controller faceplate.

Figure 20: Fan Tray Controller LEDs on an MX10004

1— Fan tray controller power 2— Fan tray controller status

Table 11 on page 50 describes the functions of the fan tray controller LEDs.
 50

Table 11: Fan Tray Controller LEDs on an MX10004

Name Color State Description

PWR (fan tray controller Green On steadily The fan tray controller has power and is
power) operating normally.

Amber Blinking A power error has been detected in the

fan tray controller. Replace the fan tray
controller as soon as possible. To
maintain proper airflow through the
chassis, leave the fan tray installed in
the chassis until you are ready to
replace the fan tray controller.

None Off The fan tray controller is not powered

on or is not receiving power.

STATUS (fan tray Green On steadily The fan tray controller is online and is
controller status) operating normally.

Amber Blinking An error has been detected in the fan

tray controller. Replace the fan tray
controller as soon as possible. To
maintain proper airflow through the
chassis, leave the fan tray installed in
the chassis until you are ready to
replace the fan tray controller.

None Off The fan tray controller is not receiving

power.
 51

MX10004 Power System

IN THIS SECTION

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 52

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Specifications | 57

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply LEDs | 58

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 61

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Specifications | 63

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply LEDs | 64

MX10004 Power Cable Specifications | 66

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 83

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Specifications | 84

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply LEDs | 86

MX10004 Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications | 89

MX10004 routers support AC, DC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and high-voltage direct
current (HVDC) by offering the following power supplies:

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2

You can install up to three power supplies in the slots labeled PSU0 through PSU2 (top to bottom)
located in the rear of the chassis.

NOTE: The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and JNP10K-PWR-AC3 can share power proportionally in a

mixed configuration, only when you are upgrading to JNP10K-PWR-AC3.
 52

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply is a high-capacity model that is designed to support AC systems
in a 15-A and 20-A mode; see Figure 21 on page 52.

Figure 21: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

Input—The power supply takes four single-phase AC (180-264 VAC) inputs (A0, A1, B0, and B1) at
either 20 A or 15 A and provides a DC output of 12.3V. The input receptacle on the AC power supply
unit (PSU) is IEC 320-C22. The mating connector on the power cord is IEC 320-C21.

Output—The power supply provides DC output of 12.3V at:

• 7800 W (20-A input) with three or four active feeds, or

• 6000 W (20-A input) with two active feeds (either A0 and A1 or B0 and B1), or

• 3000 W (20-A input) with single active feed.

• 7800 W (15-A input) with four active feeds, or

• 7500 W (15-A input) with three active feeds, or

• 5000 W (15-A input) with two active feeds, or

• 2500 W (15-A input) with single active feed.

• The operating input voltage range is 180 to 264 VAC for AC systems. The DC output is 12.3 VDC.

• The number of power feeds and whether the power supplies provide high-output (20-A) or low-
output (15-A) power are configured using a set of dual inline package (DIP) switches on the faceplate
 53

of the power supply. If one power supply in the chassis is set to low power, the power budget for the
chassis is reduced to low power, regardless of their DIP switch settings or the output results in the
CLI. This design safeguards against accidentally setting the power supply to 20 A in a facility that can
provide only 15 A and tripping the facility circuit breaker. We recommend that you don’t mix DIP
switch settings in your system. See Table 13 on page 55 for information about the input and output
voltages when you use the DIP switches.

• The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has an ENABLE switch on the front panel to enable/disable
the main 12.3 VDC output and +5.0 V_BIAS standby output as well. If the switch is in DISABLE
position, the front-end PFC will be disabled to minimize power consumption. This switch has the
highest priority over any other shutdown method.

• The Power Factor Correction (PFC) is PF 0.98 kW minimum at full load. The maximum inrush current
is 50 A for the active feed.

JNP10K-PWR-BLN3 or Active Blank

Juniper Networks offers an Active Blank Power Module (ABPM), JNP10K-PWR-BLN3. This helps in
airflow and cooling in the chassis. You can have the following combination of ABPM, passive blank, and
JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply units (PSU) in the router chassis:

• Three PSUs

• Two PSUs with one ABPM

• One PSU with one ABPMs and one passive blank

• One PSU with two ABPMs

• Table 12: PSU, ABPM, Passive Blank Matrix

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 PSU(s) ABPM (JNP10K-PWR-BLN3) Passive Blank

3 - -

2 1 -

1 1 1

1 2 -
 54

NOTE: A minimum of one JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply unit (PSU) must be present in the
router chassis.

The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has internal fans that contribute to chassis cooling. Three PSUs or
two PSUs along with a ABPM must be present in a running chassis to have the adequate airflow. While
the minimum power supplies are required to be present in the chassis, they all need not be necessarily
connected to power source. If a power supply is installed in a slot but not connected to a power source,
it draws power from the chassis to power the internal fans in the power supplies.

WARNING: Extreme burn danger—The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 can reach temperatures in

the range of 158°F to 176°F (70°C to 80°C) under running conditions.

WARNING: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access

location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal on the chassis that must be
connected to earth ground permanently to ground the chassis adequately and protect
the operator from electrical hazards.

CAUTION: Before you begin installing the router, ensure that a licensed electrician has
attached an appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable that you supply. Using a
grounding cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.

CAUTION: Use a 2-pole circuit breaker rated at 25 A in the building installation and the
system, or as per local electrical code.

The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supplies have five dual position DIP switches (INP-A0, INP-A1, INP-B0,
INP-B1, and DIP4) that are accessible from the front panel. DIP4 is the fifth DIP switch, which is used to
indicate whether 20A or 15A input source is connected. See Figure 22 on page 55 and Table 13 on
page 55 to know the layout of the DIP switches and the power output when the DIP switches are set
in different combinations.
 55

Figure 22: DIP Switches on NP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

1—LEDs corresponding to the DIP switches above it.

Table 13: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

INP-A0 (Switch INP-A1 (Switch INP-B0 (Switch INP-B1 (Switch Switch 4 (High Input Output Power
0) 1) 2) 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

15-A

Off Off Off On Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off Off On Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off Off On On Off (15 A) 5000 W

Off On Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off On Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W

Off On On On Off (15 A) 7500 W

Off On On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

 56

Table 13: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply (Continued)

INP-A0 (Switch INP-A1 (Switch INP-B0 (Switch INP-B1 (Switch Switch 4 (High Input Output Power
0) 1) 2) 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

On Off Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

On Off Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W

On Off On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

On Off On On Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On Off Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

On On Off On Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On On Off Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On On On Off (15 A) 7800 W

20-A

Off Off Off On On (20 A) 3000 W

Off Off On Off On (20 A) 3000 W

Off Off On On On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W

Off On Off On On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On On Off On (20 A) 6000 W

 57

Table 13: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply (Continued)

INP-A0 (Switch INP-A1 (Switch INP-B0 (Switch INP-B1 (Switch Switch 4 (High Input Output Power
0) 1) 2) 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

Off On On On On (20 A) 7800 W

On Off Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W

On Off Off On On (20 A) 6000 W

On Off On Off On (20 A) 6000 W

On Off On On On (20 A) 7800 W

On On Off Off On (20 A) 6000 W

On On Off On On (20 A) 7800 W

On On On Off On (20 A) 7800 W

On On On On On (20 A) 7800 W

CAUTION: It is important to connect the input feeds of the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power

supply to AC mains before powering-on the router.

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Specifications

The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply supports AC.

Table 14 on page 58lists the power specifications for the AC power supply (JNP10K-PWR-AC3) used
in a MX10004 chassis.
 58

Table 14: Power Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

Specification Value

AC input voltage 180–264 VAC

Input current rating 16 A

DC output power 12.3 V

Table 15 on page 58 shows the physical specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply.

Table 15: Physical Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

Specification Value

Height 3.386 in. (8.60 cm)

Width 3.584 in. (9.10 cm)

Depth 17.15 in. (43.57 cm)

Weight 12.8 lbs (5.8 kg)

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply LEDs

The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has six LEDs on its faceplate: !, OK, A0, A1, B0, and B1. The
numbered LEDs correspond to the four inputs (INP-A0, INP-A1, INP-B0, and INP-B1). Additionally, there
are two more LEDs OK (Power OK) and !(Fault). These LEDs display information about the status of the
power supply. See Figure 23 on page 59.
 59

Figure 23: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

1—LEDs on the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply denoting:

NOTE: Physical markings on the power supply are 1, 2, 3, and 4. These markings correspond to
INP-A0, INP-A1, INP-B0, and INP-B1 in the show chassis power output (see Table 16 on page 59).

Table 16: Physical Markings on AC3 Chassis Versus show chassis power Command

Physical Marking on JNP10K-PWR-AC3 show chassis power Command

INP A0 INP-A0

INP A1 INP-A1

INP B0 INP-B0

INP B1 INP-B1

Table 17 on page 60 describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply, color on the LED,
state, and its meaning.
 60

Table 17: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 LEDs on a MX10004

LED Color State Description

1 or (AO in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:

• The power supply is switched off.

• There is input voltage.

• The input voltage is present, but a fault is

detected.

Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

2 or (A1 in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:

• The power supply is switched off.

• There is input voltage.

• The input voltage is present, but a fault is

detected.

Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

3 or (B0 in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:

• The power supply is switched off.

• There is input voltage.

• The input voltage is present, but a fault is

detected.

Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

 61

Table 17: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 LEDs on a MX10004 (Continued)

LED Color State Description

4 or (B1 in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:

• The power supply is switched off.

• There is input voltage.

• The input voltage is present, but a fault is

detected.

Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

OK (Power OK) Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

Yellow Blinking The power supply output has detected a fault.

Unlit Off The power supply is switched off.

! (Fault) Red Solid The power supply has failed and must be
replaced.

Unlit Off The power supply is functioning normally.

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply is a high-capacity model that is designed to support AC, high-
voltage AC (HVAC), or high-voltage DC (HVDC) systems in either a 20-A or a 30-A mode; see Figure 24
on page 62. The power supply feeds AC input and provides DC output of 5000 W with a single feed
and 5500 W with a dual feed. The operating input voltage range is 180 to 305 VAC for AC systems and
190 to 410 VDC for DC systems.

You configure the number of power feeds and high or low output using a set of dual inline package (DIP)
switches on the faceplate of the power supply. You use the switches to configure whether the power
supplies provide high-output (30-A) or low-output (20-A) power. If one power supply in the chassis is set
to low power, the power budget for the chassis is reduced to low power, regardless of the DIP switch
 62

settings or the output results in the CLI. This design safeguards against accidentally setting the power
supply to 30 A in a facility that can provide only 20 A and tripping the facility circuit breaker. We
recommend that you not mix DIP switch settings in your system. See Table 18 on page 63 for
information about the input and output voltages when you use the DIP switches.

The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply has internal fans that contribute to chassis cooling. Consequently,
all three power supplies must be present in a running chassis to provide adequate airflow. While all
power supplies are required to be present in the chassis, they do not all need to be connected to power.
If a power supply is installed in a slot but not connected to a power source, it draws power from the
chassis to power the internal fans in the power supplies.

Figure 24: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

WARNING: Extreme burn danger! Do not handle an HVAC or HVDC power supply
running in the chassis without heat-protective gloves. The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 can
reach temperatures in the range of 158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C) under running
conditions.

WARNING: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access

location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal on the chassis that must be
connected to earth ground permanently to ground the chassis adequately and protect
the operator from electrical hazards.
 63

CAUTION: Before you begin installing the router, ensure that a licensed electrician has
attached an appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable that you supply. Using a
grounding cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.

CAUTION: Use a 2-pole circuit breaker rated at 25 A in the building installation and the
system, or according to the local electrical code.

Table 18: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supplies

INP0 (Switch 1) INP1 (Switch 2) H/L (High Input 30 A/ Output Power

Low Input 20 A)

On On On (30 A) 5500 W

On On Off (20 A) 3000 W

On Off On (30 A) 5000 W

Off On On (30 A) 5000 W

On Off Off (20 A) 2700 W

Off On Off (20 A) 2700 W

CAUTION: It is important to connect both input feeds of the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power

supply to the main AC power before loading the system with power.

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Specifications

The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply supports AC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC) and high-
voltage direct current (HVDC).
 64

Table 19 on page 64 lists the power specifications for the AC power supply (JNP10K-PWR-AC2) used
in an MX10004 chassis.

Table 19: Power Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

Specification Value

AC input voltage 180–305 VAC

DC input voltage 190–410 VDC

Input current rating 28.5 A

DC output power 12.3 V, 5500 W with dual feed and 5000 W with single feed

Table 20 on page 64 shows the physical specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply.

Table 20: Physical Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

Specification Value

Height 3.5 in. (8.89 cm)

Width 3.6 in. (9.14 cm)

Depth 15.1 in. (38.35 cm)

Weight 11.4 lb (5.17 kg)

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply LEDs

The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply has four LEDs on its faceplate: !, OK, 2, and 1. These LEDs display
information about the status of the power supply. See Figure 25 on page 65.
 65

Figure 25: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

1— ! Fault 3— 2 INP2–Source input 2

2— OK Power OK 4— 1 INP1–Source input 1

NOTE: Physical markings on the power supply are 1 and 2. These markings correspond to INP1
and INP2 in the show chassis power output (see Table 21 on page 65).

You can display the DIP switch settings for input and output power using the show chassis power
command.

Table 21: Physical Markings on Chassis Versus show chassis power Command

Physical Marking on JNP10K-PWR-AC2 show chassis power Command

INP1 INP1

INP2 INP2

Table 22 on page 66 describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply.

 66

Table 22: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 LEDs on an MX10004

LED Color State Description

1 or (INP1 in CLI output) Yellow Blinking The input voltage is present, but a fault is
detected.

Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

Unlit Off The power supply is switched off; voltage is zero.

2 or (INP2 in CLI output) Yellow Blinking The input voltage is present, but a fault is
detected.

Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

Unlit Off The power supply is switched off; voltage is zero.

OK (Power OK) Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.

Yellow Blinking The power supply output has detected a fault.

! (Fault) Red Solid The power supply has failed and must be
replaced.

Unlit Off The power supply is functioning normally.

MX10004 Power Cable Specifications

IN THIS SECTION

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications | 67

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications | 77

 67

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-A Input | 80

Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution
panels, one of which can be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord
connects each power supply to the power distribution panel.

NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 15 feet (approximately 4.5 meters) in
length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and
210-52 and with Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). The cords shipped with the
router to North America and Canada are in compliance.

The MX10004 AC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and high-voltage direct current (HVDC)
power supplies have specific cord requirements. Use the following sections to determine the cable
requirements based on the model of your power supply and any mode settings:

• For JNP10K-PWR-AC3 with 20-A input and 15-A input, see "JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable
Specifications" on page 67.

• For JNP10K-PWR-AC2 with 20-A input, see "JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications" on
page 77.

• For JNP10K-PWR-AC2 with 30-A input, see "JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-
A Input" on page 80.

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications

The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply operates in two modes:

• 20-A input with 7800 W or 6000 W or 3000 W output

• 15-A input with 7800 W or 7500 W, or 5000 W, or 2500 W output

NOTE: When power cords with right angle plugs at the PSU end are selected, they must be in
pairs of Right Angle Left Plugs for inputs A0 or B0 and Extended Right Angle Left Plugs for inputs
A1 or B1.

See Table 23 on page 68 for a list of appropriate cables.

 68

WARNING: Do not run JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supplies using 16-A or 20-A cables if
connected to 15-A input.

CAUTION: You can prevent AC power cables from being exposed to hot air exhaust by
always routing the power cables away from the fan trays and power supplies.

With right angle power cords and the baffle installed, the power cords will be exposed
to hot exhaust air. The IEC C21 plugs have a temperature rating of 155C and the power
cord cables have a rating of 90C.

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Straight Plug at PSU Input

Australia and New 15 A, 250 VAC AS/NZS 3112 CBL-PWRC21-AU

Zealand

Europe (except Italy, 16A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-PWRC21-EU

Switzerland, and
United Kingdom)

Italy 16A, 250 VAC CEI 23-16 CBL-PWRC21-IT

North America 20A, 250 VAC Locking NEMA CBL-PWRC21-US-L

L6-20P
 69

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

NEMA 6-20P CBL-PWRC21-US

International 16A, 250VAC IEC-309 316P6W CBL-

PWRC21-316P6

North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-309 320P6W CBL-

PWRC21-320P6

Japan 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21-JP-L

China 16A, 250 VAC GB2099-1 CBL-PWRC21-CN

North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

NA

Europe 16A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

EU
 70

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Japan 20A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

JP

China 16A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

CN

Switzerland 16A, 250 VAC SEV1011 CBL-PWRC21-SZ

South Africa 16A, 250 VAC RA SANs 164/1 CBL-PWRC21-SA

India 16A, 250VAC RA IS 1293 CBL-PWRC21-IN

United Kingdom 16A, 250 VAC BS 1363 CBL-PWRC21-UK

 71

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Israel 16A, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 CBL-PWRC21-IL

Type IL/3G

Brazil 16A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 CBL-PWRC21-BR

Type BR/3

Argentina 16A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 CBL-PWRC21-AR

Type RA/3

Right Angle Left Plug at PSU Input

USA 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21R-US-

L

USA 20A, 250 VAC NEMA 6-20P CBL-PWRC21R-US

Europe 16A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-PWRC21R-EU

 72

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Australia 15A, 250 VAC AS/NZ 3112 CBL-PWRC21R-AU

Italy 16A, 250 VAC CEI 23-50 CBL-PWRC21R-IT

International 16A, 250 VAC IEC 60309 CBL-

PWRC21R-316P6
316P6W

North America 16A, 250VAC IEC 60309 CBL-

PWRC21R-320P6
320P6W

Japan 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21R-JP-L

China 16A, 250 VAC GB2099-1 CBL-PWRC21R-CN

North America 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-NA
C20
 73

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Europe 16A, 250 VAC IEC 60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-EU
C20

Japan 20A, 250 VAC IEC 60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-JP
C20

China 16A, 250 VAC IEC 60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-CN
C20

Switzerland 16A, 250 VAC SEV 1011 CBL-PWRC21R-SZ

South Africa 16A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-PWRC21R-SA

India 16A, 250 VAC IS 1293, RA CBL-PWRC21R-IN

 74

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

United Kingdom 16A, 250 VAC BS1363 CBL-PWRC21R-UK

Israel 16A, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 CBL-PWRC21R-IL

TYPE IL/3G

Brazil 16A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 CBL-PWRC21R-BR

TYP BR/3

Argentina 16A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 CBL-PWRC21R-AR

TYPE RA/3

Extended Right Angle Left Plug at PSU Input

USA 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21RL-

US-L

USA 20 A, 250 VAC NEMA 6-20P CBL-PWRC21RL-US

 75

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Europe 16A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-PWRC21RL-EU

Australia 15A, 250 VAC AS/NZ 3112 CBL-PWRC21RL-AU

Italy 16A, 250 VAC CEI 23-50 CBL-PWRC21RL-IT

International 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60309 CBL-

PWRC21RL-316P6
316P6W

North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-60309 CBL-

PWRC21RL-320P6
320P6W

Japan 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21RL-JP-

L

China 16A, 250 VAC GB2099-1 CBL-PWRC21RL-CN

 76

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20NA
C20

Europe 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20EU
C20

Japan 20A, 250 VAC ICE-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20JP
C20

China 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20CN
C20

Switzerland 16A, 250 VAC SEV 1011 CBL-PWRC21RL-SZ

South Africa 16A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-PWRC21RL-SA

 77

Table 23: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

India 16A, 250 VAC IS1293, RA CBL-PWRC21RL-IN

United Kingdom 16A, 250 VAC BS 1363 CBL-PWRC21RL-UK

Israel 16A, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 CBL-PWRC21RL-IL

Type IL/3G

Brazil 16A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 CBL-PWRC21RL-BR

Type BR/3

Argentina 16A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 CBL-PWRC21RL-AR

Type RA/3

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications

The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply operates in two modes:

• 20-A input with 3000-W output; see Table 24 on page 78 for a list of appropriate cables.

• 30-A input with 5500-W output; see "JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-A Input"
on page 80 for a list of appropriate cables and connectors for 30-A input.
 78

WARNING: Do not run JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supplies using 16-A or 20-A cables if
connected to 30-A input.

CAUTION: You can prevent AC power cables from being exposed to hot air exhaust by
always routing the power cables away from the fan trays and power supplies.

Table 24: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A Input

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Argentina 16 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 Type CBL-JNP-SG4-AR

RA/3

Australia and New 15 A, 250 VAC AS/NZS 3112 CBL-JNP-SG4-AU

Zealand

Brazil 16 A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 Type CBL-JNP-SG4-BR

BR/3

China 16 A, 250 VAC GB2099 CBL-JNP-SG4-CH

Europe (except Italy, 20 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-JNP-SG4-EU

Switzerland, and the
United Kingdom)
 79

Table 24: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

Great Britain 13 A, 250 VAC BS1363 CBL-JNP-SG4-UK

India 16 A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-JNP-SG4-SA

Israel 16 A, RA, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 Type CBL-JNP-SG4-IL

IL/3C

Italy 16 A, 250 VAC CEI 23-16 CBL-JNP-SG4-IT

North America 20 A, 250 VAC 3-5958P4 to IEC CBL-JNP-SG4-C20

60320 C20

16 A, 250 VAC Locking NEMA CBL-JNP-SG4-US-L

L6-20P

NEMA 6-20P CBL-JNP-SG4-US

 80

Table 24: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A Input (Continued)

Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number

15 A, 277 V NEMA I7-20P CBL-JNP-SG4-

HVAC

South Africa 16 A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-JNP-SG4-SA

Switzerland 16 A, 250 VAC CEI 23-50 CBL-JNP-SG4-SZ

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-A Input

The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 HVAC or HVDC power supplies require a high-current cable assembly when set
for 30-A input. One end of the cable has an Anderson APP-400 connector, while the other end of the
cable is bare wire. See Figure 26 on page 81 and Table 25 on page 81. These cables are separately
orderable and are not shipped automatically with JNP10K-PWR-AC2 orders. An example of the right-
angle cable and connector is shown in Figure 28 on page 82.

For connection to AC systems, Juniper Networks provides a cable with either a NEMA 30-A connector
(Figure 26 on page 81) or an IEC 330P6W connector (Figure 27 on page 81).
 81

Figure 26: NEMA 30-A Locking Connector

Figure 27: IEC 330P6W Connector

Table 25: 30-A Cabling Options

Option Locale Cord Set Plug Standards Connector Spare Juniper Model
Rating Number

HVAC/ Any 30 A 400 VAC UL 950 and IEC Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-BARE

HVDC 60950 to bare wire
power cord

Any 30 A 400 VAC UL 950 and IEC Anderson/right- CBL-PWR2-BARE-RA

60950 angle to bare wire

AC power Continental 30 A 250 VAC UL 950 and Anderson/right- CBL-

cord Europe IEC332P6 angle to IEC 332P6 PWR2-332P6W-RA

Continental 30 A 250 VAC UL 950 and Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-332P6W

Europe IEC332P6 to IEC332P6

Continental 30 A 240 VAC IEC330P6 Anderson/right- CBL-

Europe angle to IEC 330P6 PWR2-330P6W-RA
 82

Table 25: 30-A Cabling Options (Continued)

Option Locale Cord Set Plug Standards Connector Spare Juniper Model
Rating Number

Continental 30 A 240 VAC IEC330P6 Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-330P6W

Europe to IEC 330P6

North 30 A 250 VAC UL 498 and Anderson/right- CBL-PWR2-L6-30P-

America CSA angle to L6-30P RA
(NEMA-30A)

North 30 A 250 VAC UL 498 and Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-L6-30P

America IEC5958P4 to L6-30P
(NEMA-30A)

AC jumper Any 30 A 400 VAC UL and CSA Anderson/straight CG-CBL-APP-400-02

power cord to Anderson

Figure 28: Right-Angle, Bare Cable with Anderson Connector

1— Black wire –“+” or “-” for HVDC and “Hot or 3— White wire – “+” or “-” for HVDC and “Hot or
neutral” for AC neutral” for AC
2— Green wire - Ground
 83

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply provides two power supplies in a single housing that accepts
either 60 A or 80 A using four redundant input power feeds. The two internal power supplies (PS_0 and
PS_1) each have redundant input feeds: A0 and/or B0 for PS_0 and A1 and/or B1 for PS_1. You
configure the input using a set of three DIP switches on the power supply faceplate that sets the
combined output power for both internal power supplies. The output depends on the settings of these
DIP switches. See Table 26 on page 83 and Figure 29 on page 84.

Table 26: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supplies

INP0 INP1 H/L Output Power

(Switch 1) (Switch 2) (High Input 80 A/
Low Input 60 A)

On On On (80 A) 5500 W

On On Off (60 A) 4400 W

On Off On (80 A) 2750 W

Off On On (80 A) 2750 W

On Off Off (60 A) 2200 W

Off On Off (60 A) 2200 W

The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply requires a dedicated circuit breaker for each input DC feed. The
DC breaker shall be rated for 80A DC with medium delay.
 84

Figure 29: JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply has internal fans that contribute to chassis cooling. Consequently,
all three power supplies must be present in a running chassis to have adequate airflow. While all power
supplies are required to be present in the chassis, they do not all need to be connected to power. If a
power supply is installed in a slot but not connected to a power source, it draws power from the chassis
to power the internal fans in the power supplies.

WARNING: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access

location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal on the chassis that must be
connected to earth ground permanently to ground the chassis adequately and protect
the operator from electrical hazards.

CAUTION: Before you begin installing the router, ensure that a licensed electrician has
attached an appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable that you supply. Using a
grounding cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Specifications

Table 27 on page 85 lists the power specifications for the high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power
supply used in MX10004 routers.
 85

Table 27: Power Specifications for the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

Item Specifications

DC input voltage • Minimum operating voltage: –40 VDC

• Nominal operating voltage: –48 VDC

• Operating voltage range: –40 VDC through –72 VDC

DC input current rating • 76-A maximum at minimum operating voltage (-40 VDC) with
80-A DIP switch setting and 5500-W output load

• 64-A maximum at nominal operating voltage (–48 VDC) with

80-A DIP switch setting and 5500-W output load

• 60-A maximum at minimum operating voltage (-40 VDC) with

60-A DIP switch setting and 4400-W output load

• 50-A maximum at nominal operating voltage (-48 VDC) with

60-A DIP switch setting and 4400-W output load

Output power • 2200 W for low-input (60-A) single feed

• 4400 W for low-input (60-A) dual feed

• 2750 W for high-input (80-A) single feed

• 5500 W for high-input (80-A) dual feed

Table 28 on page 85 shows the physical specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply.

Table 28: Physical Specifications of a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

Specification Value

Height 3.5 in. (8.89 cm)

Width 3.6 in. (9.14 cm)

Depth 16.05 in. (40.77 cm)

 86

Table 28: Physical Specifications of a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (Continued)

Specification Value

Weight 8.1 lb (3.67 kg)

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply LEDs

A JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply has four LEDs on its faceplate: 1, 2, OK, and the symbol indicating a
fault, !. These LEDs display information about the status of the power supply. See Figure 30 on page
86.

Figure 30: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

1— ! Fault 3— 2 Power source input 1

2— OK Power OK 4— 1 Power source input 0

You can find out the version of the firmware installed in the power supply from the output of show system
firmware command. Table 29 on page 87 describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply if
the firmware installed in the power supply is 300.300.208.208.304 or higher. Table 30 on page 88
describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply if the firmware installed in the power supply
is lower than 300.300.208.208.304.
 87

Table 29: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (with 300.300.208.208.304 or higher firmware
installed in it)

Feed 0 Feed 1 State of the LED 1 LED 2 OK LED ! LED

Power Supply
Switch

Off Off Off Orange Orange Off Red

A or B Off Off Green— Orange Off Red

Blinking

A and B Off Off Green Orange Off Red

Off A or B Off Orange Green— Off Red

Blinking

A or B A or B Off Green— Green— Off Red—Blinking

Blinking Blinking

A and B A or B Off Green Green— Off Red—Blinking

Blinking

Off A and B Off Orange Green Off Red

A or B A and B Off Green— Green Off Red—Blinking

Blinking

A and B A and B Off Green Green Off Off

Off Off On Orange Orange Off Red

A or B Off On Green— Orange Green Red

Blinking

A and B Off On Green Orange Green Red

 88

Table 29: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (with 300.300.208.208.304 or higher firmware
installed in it) (Continued)

Feed 0 Feed 1 State of the LED 1 LED 2 OK LED ! LED

Power Supply
Switch

Off A or B On Orange Green— Green Red

Blinking

A or B A or B On Green— Green— Green Red—Blinking

Blinking Blinking

A and B A or B On Green Green— Green Red—Blinking

Blinking

Off A and B On Orange Green Green Red

A or B A and B On Green— Green Green Red—Blinking

Blinking

A and B A and B On Green Green Green Off

Table 30: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (with firmware lower than 300.300.208.208.304
installed in it)

LED Color State Description

1 (INP0 in CLI output) or 2 Green Solid The DC power is within normal operating range
(INP1 in CLI output) (-40 VDC to -72 VDC).

Orange Solid The DC power input voltage is not within normal

operating range.

Unlit Off The power supply is switched off.

OK (Power OK) Green Solid The DC power output is within normal operating
range.
 89

Table 30: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (with firmware lower than 300.300.208.208.304
installed in it) (Continued)

LED Color State Description

Orange Blinking The power supply output is out of the power

limits.

! (Fault) Red Solid The power supply has failed and must be
replaced.

Unlit Off The power supply is functioning normally. Or, only

one input is powered and the enable switch for
the input that is not powered is set to ON. See
"Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply" on
page 212 for more information about the enable
switches.

NOTE: If the 1 or 2 and the OK LED are unlit, the power cables are not installed properly or the
power supply has failed.
If the 1 or 2 LED is lit green and the OK LED is unlit, the power supply is not installed properly or
the power supply has an internal failure.

If the ! LED is blinking, add a power supply to balance the power demand and supply.

MX10004 Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications

The router must be adequately grounded before power is connected to ensure proper operation and to
meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements. To ground an MX10004 chassis,
connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding point on the rear
of the chassis beneath.

You must install the MX10004 in a restricted-access location and ensure that the chassis is always
properly grounded. The MX10004 has a two-hole protective grounding terminal provided on the
chassis. Under all circumstances, use this grounding connection to ground the chassis. For AC-powered
systems, you must also use the grounding wire in the AC power cord along with the two-hole grounding
lug connection. This tested system meets or exceeds all applicable EMC regulatory requirements with
the two-hole protective grounding terminal.
 90

WARNING: To comply with GR-1089 requirements, all intrabuilding copper cabling

used for SFP+, QSFP+, and higher must be shielded and grounded at both ends.

CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable
lug to the grounding cables that you supply. See "Connect the MX10004 Router to
Earth Ground" on page 180. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the
router.

Before you connect the router to earth ground, review the following information:

• Two threaded inserts (PEM nuts) are provided on the lower rear of the chassis to connect the router
to earth ground. The protective earthing terminals are spaced at 0.63 in. (16 mm) centers.

• The grounding lug required is a Panduit LCD6-10A-L or equivalent (provided). The grounding lug
accommodates 6 AWG (13.3 mm²) stranded wire. If one or more JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies
are installed in the chassis and set for high input (80 A), use the Panduit LCD4-14A-L or equivalent
(provided). This lug accommodates 4 AWG (21.1 mm²) stranded wire. The 4 AWG (21.1 mm²)
stranded wire should be rated 90° C or as specified by the local electrical code.

• The grounding cable that you provide for an MX10004 must be the same size as, or heavier than, the
input wire of each power supply. Minimum recommendations are 6 AWG (13.3 mm²) stranded
copper wire, Class B; 90° C wire, or as specified by local code.

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Components

and Descriptions

IN THIS SECTION

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Description | 91

MX10004 Routing and Control Board LEDs | 94

 91

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Description

IN THIS SECTION

Routing and Control Board Functions | 92

Routing and Control Board Components | 93

The Routing and Control Board (RCB) is an integrated board and a single field-replaceable unit (FRU)
that provides Routing Engine and Control Board (CB) functionality. The Routing Engine performs all
route-processing functions, whereas the CB performs chassis control and management plane
functionality. The RCB provides control plane functions. You can install one or two RCBs on the router.
Each RCB functions as a unit.

The MX10004 Routing and Control Board (RCB) is responsible for system management in an MX10004
router (see Figure 31 on page 92). The chassis can run with one or two RCBs. The base configuration
ships with one RCB, while a redundant configuration ships with two RCBs. When two RCBs are installed,
one functions as the primary and the second as a backup. If the primary RCB is removed, the backup
becomes the primary if graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES) is configured.

MX10004 supports the following Routing Engines:

• JNP10K-RE1

• JNP10K-RE1-LT

• JNP10K-RE1-128G
 92

Figure 31: JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, and JNP10K-RE1-128G Routing and Control Board

This topic covers:

Routing and Control Board Functions

The Routing and Control Board (RCB) integrates the control plane and Routing Engine functions into a
single management unit. Each RCB provides all the functions needed to manage the operation of the
modular chassis:

• System control functions such as environmental monitoring

• Routing Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols

• Communication to all components such as line cards, Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs), and power and
cooling

• Transparent clocking

• Alarm and logging functions

 93

Routing and Control Board Components

Figure 32: JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, and JNP10K-RE1-128G Routing and Control Board
Faceplate

1— Handles 8— BITS0 clock port

2— Solid State Disk (SSD) LEDs 9— Reset button

3— Clock LEDs 10— Online/Offline button

4— BITS1 clock port 11— USB port

5— GPS clock ports 12— Management (MGMT) ports

6— XGE-0 and XGE-1 not used (reserved ports) 13— Console (CONSOLE) port

7— ToD—Time-of-day (TOD) port 14— RCB status LEDs

Each RCB consists of the following internal components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the routing tables and routing protocols.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine
processes.

• One 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface between the Routing Engine and Switch Fabric Board.

• One USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install Junos OS
manually. The Junos OS supports USB versions 3.0, 2.0, and 1.1.

• Management ports—Two ports, one copper (RJ-45 port) and one SFP port, provide access to
management devices. Use only one of the two management ports at a time.

Use an RJ-45 connector for the copper port.

Use a fiber optic connector for the SFP port.

Do not use copper SFP or SFP-T modules in the SFP port because they are not supported.

• RESET button—When pressed, reboots the RCB as detailed below:

 94

• When pressed for fewer than 5 seconds for diagnostic purposes, the RCB does not reset. The
press event is logged in the RCB FPGA register.

• When pressed for more than 5 seconds but fewer than 10 seconds, the RCB reboots and the
reset-reason logs the button press event.

• When pressed for more than 10 seconds, the RCB reboots with an option for BIOS recovery.

• LEDs—Provide status of the Routing Engine.

• Online/Offline Button—When the RCB is online, and if the button is pressed for more than 4
seconds, the RCB goes offline. When the RCB is offline, and if the button is pressed more than 4
seconds, the RCB starts booting.

NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of
DRAM), issue the show vmhost hardware command.

MX10004 Routing and Control Board LEDs

IN THIS SECTION

Routing and Control Board Status Panel LEDs | 95

SATA SSD LEDs | 96

Clock LEDs | 96

MX10004 Management Port LEDs | 97

The MX10004 Routing and Control Boards (RCBs) have various types of LED indicators. Figure 33 on
page 95 shows the LEDs on the Routing and Control Boards (JNP10K-RE1).
 95

Figure 33: Routing and Control Board LEDs

1— RCB status panel LEDs 3— Clock LEDs–BITS-0, and BITS-1

2— Solid State Disk (SSD) LEDs—DISK1 and

DISK2

Routing and Control Board Status Panel LEDs

Table 31 on page 95 describes the LEDs on the RCB status panel.

Table 31: Routing and Control Board Status LEDs

LED Color State Description

PWR Green On steadily RCB is receiving adequate power.

Yellow Blinking An error is detected in the RCB.

Dark Unlit RCB is not powered up.

STS Green On steadily RCB is online and functioning correctly.

Green Blinking The beacon feature is enabled.

Yellow On steadily The RCB is booting.

Yellow Blinking An error has been detected in the RCB.

Dark Unlit The power supply is switched off.

MST Green On steadily The RCB is the primary.

 96

Table 31: Routing and Control Board Status LEDs (Continued)

LED Color State Description

Dark Unlit The RCB is the backup.

SATA SSD LEDs

The Serial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA) solid-state drive (SSD) LEDs indicate the status of
the secondary drive.

Table 32 on page 96 describes the LEDs for the secondary SATA drives.

Table 32: Routing and Control Board SSD Status LEDs

LED Color State Description

DISK1 and DISK2 Green On steadily A SATA drive is present.

Green Blinking The drive is active.

Yellow On steadily The drive is active.

Dark Unlit The drive is not installed.

Clock LEDs

The clock LEDs indicate whether clocking is active.

Table 33 on page 96 describes the clock LEDs.

Table 33: Routing and Control Board Clock Status LEDs

LED Color State Description

Clock LEDs—BITS-0 and BITS-1 Red Off Clock is active.

 97

Table 33: Routing and Control Board Clock Status LEDs (Continued)

LED Color State Description

On steadily Clock is not working.

MX10004 Management Port LEDs

The two management ports on the RCB of an MX10004 router have LEDs that indicate link status and
link activity. These two ports, located on the RCB panel between the clocking connections and the USB
port, are both labeled MGMT. The left management port (RJ-45) is for 10/100/1000 BASE-T
connections, and the right port (SFP) is for 10/100/1000 BASE-T and small form-factor pluggable (SFP)
1000 BASE-X connections (see Figure 34 on page 97). The copper (RJ-45) port has separate LEDs for
status and activity. The fiber (SFP) port has a combination link and activity LED.

Figure 34: Management Port LEDs on an MX10004

1— Status LED (RJ-45) 3— Link/activity/status LED (SFP)

2— Activity LED (RJ-45)

Table 34 on page 97 describes the RJ-45 management port and SFP LEDs.

Table 34: RJ-45 Management Port LEDs on an MX10004 Routing and Control Board

LED Color State Description

Activity/Status LED Unlit Off The port speed is 10 MB.

Green Blinking The port speed is 100 MB.

Green On steadily The port speed is 1000 MB.

 98

Table 34: RJ-45 Management Port LEDs on an MX10004 Routing and Control Board (Continued)

LED Color State Description

LINK Unlit Off No link is established, there is a fault, or the link is down.

Green On steadily A link is established.

Blinking There is link activity.

Yellow Blinking or flickering The beacon feature is enabled.

Table 35 on page 98 describes the SFP management port LEDs.

Table 35: SFP Management Port LED on an MX10004 Routing and Control Board

LED Color State Description

Link/Activity/Status Unlit Off No transceiver is present.

Green On steadily A link is established. The interface is up.

Green Blinking or flickering The beacon feature is enabled.

Yellow Blinking An error has occurred.

 99

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

The MX10004 Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) form the MX10004 Switch Fabric Board
switch fabric for the router. Description | 99

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board Description

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) create the switch fabric for the MX10004. Each MX10004 contains
between three and six SFBs that are installed vertically, mid-chassis, between the line cards and the
RCBs in the front and the fan trays in the rear.

The ZF ASIC based JNP10004-SF2 SFBs make up the MX10004 switching plane that provide fabric
inter-connect for the custom silicon line-cards with 2.4 Tbps, 480 Gbps and 9.6 Tbps throughput. Each
SFB has four connectors that correspond to a matching connector on one of the four line cards (see
Figure 35 on page 100).
 100

Figure 35: JNP10004-SF2 Switch Fabric Board

MX10004 supports six SFBs. Depending on the type of line card used, there can be fabric card
redundancy (5+1) or no redundancy.

NOTE: Hyper-mode is the default forwarding mode on the JNP10004-SF2 SFB.

Table 36 on page 100 shows the specifications of JNP10004-SF2 SFBs.

Table 36: JNP10004-SF2 SFB Specifications

Specification JNP10004-SF2

Operating system Junos OS Release 22.3R1 and later

 101

Table 36: JNP10004-SF2 SFB Specifications (Continued)

Specification JNP10004-SF2

Supported line cards 1. MX10K-LC2101

2. MX10K-LC480

3. MX10K-LC9600

Number of SFBs required for Based on the line card installed:

maximum throughput
1. MX10K-LC2101 - 5+1 (fabric redundancy)

2. MX10K-LC480 - 5+1 (fabric redundancy)

3. MX10K-LC9600 - 6+0 (no fabric redundancy)

Switching Capacity When all six SFBs are installed, based on the line card installed, the MX10004
has a net switching capacity of 38.4 Tbps.

Height 9.43 in. (23.95 cm)

Width 1.77 in. (4.48 cm)

Depth 13.4 in. (34.6 cm)

Weight 8 lb (3.6 kg)

SFBs are hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable units (FRUs). They are not visible from the
outside of the router chassis. You must remove one of the fan trays in order to view the SFBs. The SFBs
are numbered from left to right SFB0 to SFB5. See Figure 36 on page 102.
 102

Figure 36: SFBs Installed in an MX10004 Router

1— Fan tray controllers 2— Switch Fabric Boards

MX10K-LC2101

The MX10K-LC2101 line card is a fixed configuration MPC. It does not contain separate slots for
Modular Interface Cards (MICs). The MX10004 routers support four and the MX10008 routers support
eight MX10K-LC2101 MPCs. The line card provides a maximum bandwidth of 2.4Tbps and has six
Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of up to 400 Gbps. The line card
plugs in to the MX10004, MX10008, and MX10016 routers horizontally at the front of the chassis.

1— OFFLINE button 3— Lane LEDs

2— OK/FAIL LED 4— Port LEDs

 103

Software release • Junos OS Release 18.2R1 and later when installed in MX10008 and Mx10016.

• Junos OS Release 22.3R1 and later when installed in MX10004.

Description • Weight: 31.57 lb (14.32 kg)

• Model number: JNP10K-LC2101

• Name in the CLI: JNP10K-LC2101

• Dimensions: Height = 1.89 in. (48.01 mm), Width = 17.2 in (436.88 mm), Depth = 19.05 in. (484 mm) (Excl
FRU ejector)

Hardware features • Fixed-configuration MPC with 10-Gbps, 40-Gbps, and 100-Gbps port speeds.

• All the ports are Multi-Rate ports. Each port is capable of supporting either 100 Gbps or 40 Gbps or 10 Gb
(4x10-Gbps with breakout cable).

• Line-rate throughput of up to 2.4 Tbps.

• Six Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of 400 Gbps.

• EA chipsets for increased scaling for bandwidth, subscribers, and services.

• Supports the Switch Fabric Boards, JNP10004-SF2, JNP10008-SF, JNP10008-SF2, and JNP10016-SF.

• Supports maximum transmission units (MTUs) from 256 bytes through 16,000 bytes for transit traffic, and
256 bytes through 9,500 bytes for host-bound packets.

Software features • Supports rate selectability at the port level.

• By default, the ports are configured as 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports.

• Optical diagnostics and related alarms.

Power requirements Line-rate throughput of 2.4 Tbps:

• Power consumption at different temperatures:

25° C: 1335 W

40° C: 1425 W
 104

LEDs OK/FAIL LED:

• Steady green—MPC is functioning normally.

• Yellow—MPC has failed.

Port LED—Link

• Off—Port is not enabled.

• Green—Port link is up with no alarms or failures.

• Red—Port link is down with alarms.

NOTE: When a QSFP+ port is configured for the 10-Gigabit mode with a breakout cable, the link status for th
Gigabit port is indicated with the addition of four LEDs provided on the line card. The lane LEDs for the
corresponding port indicates the port status.

Like the port status LED, each individual lane LED supports four states as: OFF, AMBER, GREEN, RED. See M
and MIC Lane LED Scheme Overview for more details.

For the 40-Gigabit mode the lane number LED is not applicable. The port LED indicates the port status, irresp
of whichever lane number LED is ON.

Cables and TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the pluggable transceivers suppo
connectors on your Juniper Networks device.
The list of supported transceivers for the MX Series is located at MX Series Supported Transceivers.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Protocols and Applications Supported by the JNP10K-LC2101

MX10K-LC480

The MX10K-LC480 (Model number: JNP10K-LC480) is a fixed-configuration line card with 48 SFP/SFP+
ports. Each port supports a speed of 10 Gbps or 1 Gbps, providing the line card a maximum bandwidth
of 480 Gbps. The MX10K-LC480 has two Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum
bandwidth of 240 Gbps. The line card plugs in to the MX10004, MX10008, and MX10016 routers
horizontally at the front of the chassis.
 105

1— Power (PWR) LED. 3— Offline/online (OFF) button.

2— Port LEDs. 4— Status (STS) LED.

Software release • Junos OS Release 21.2R1 and later when installed in MX10008 and MX10016.

• Junos OS Release 22.3R1 and later when installed in MX10004.

Description • Model number: JNP10K-LC480

• Name in the CLI: JNP10K-LC480

• Weight: 21.6 lb (9.8 kg)

• Dimensions: Height = 1.89 in. (48.01 mm), width = 17.2 in (436.88 mm), depth =
19.05 in. (484 mm) (excluding FRU ejector)
 106

Hardware features • Fixed-configuration line card with 10-Gbps and 1-Gbps port speeds

• Line-rate throughput of up to 480 Gbps

• Two Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of 240 Gbps

• EA chipset for increased scaling for bandwidth, subscribers, and services

• Supports the Switch Fabric Boards JNP10004-SF2, JNP10008-SF, JNP10008-SF2

and JNP10016-SF

• Interoperates with the JNP10K-LC2101 and JNP10K-LC9600 line cards

• Operates with the following Routing and Control Boards: JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-
RE1-128, and JNP10K-RE1-LT

• Operates with the following power supplies and fan trays:

• JNK10K-PWR-AC or JNK10K-PWR-DC with the JNP10004-FAN2, JNP10008-

FAN or JNP10016-FAN.

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 with JNP10004-FAN2, JNP10008-

FAN2 or JNP10016-FAN2.

In both of the above configurations, the MX10K-LC480 line card adheres to the
complete NEBS compliance (NEBS GR63-CORE, GR1089-CORE, and SR3580
compliance).

• Meets the full NEBS requirement on the MX10004, MX10008, and MX10016
routers

• Supports a maximum transmission unit (MTU) ranging from 256 bytes through
16,000 bytes for transit traffic and for host-bound packets

Software features • Default port configuration of 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)

• Supports optics diagnostics and related alarms

 107

Power requirements • Power consumption at different temperatures when all ports are configured in 10-
Gbps speed:

25° C: 420 W (without MACSec), 430 W (with MACSec)

40° C: 430 W (without MACSec), 450 W (with MACSec)

55° C: 450 W (without MACSec), 480 W (with MACSec)

• Power consumption at different temperatures when all ports are configured in 1-

Gbps speed:

25° C: 360 W (without MACSec), 370 W (with MACSec)

40° C: 370 W (without MACSec), 390 W (with MACSec)

55° C: 390 W (without MACSec), 420 W (with MACSec)

LEDs PWR LED

• Steady green—Line-card power is ok.

• Steady red—Line-card power-on has failed.

• Off—Line card is not receiving power.

STS LED

• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
online.

• Blinking green—The line card is booting.

• Steady red (blinking red when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
faulty or an alarm has been raised.

• Off—Line card is disabled or offline.

Port LED

• Off—Port does not have a transceiver module.

• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link is
up with no alarms or failures.

• Steady amber (blinking amber when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link
is down because the port is disabled through the CLI or the port encountered errors
such as loss of signal, local fault, or remote fault.
 108

Cables and TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the
connectors pluggable transceivers that your Juniper Networks device supports.
See the list of supported transceivers for the MX Series at MX Series Supported
Transceivers.

MX10K-LC480 supports 1-Gbps Copper SFP modules in all the ports. You must use
shielded RJ45 cables with 1-Gbps copper SFP modules.

You must install the MX10K-LC480 line card in the MX10008 and MX10016 routers
along with the front panel with filter to meet the EMI Class-A emission standards.

The following applies to a router (MX10008 or MX10016) installed with the front panel:

• We recommend that you use only 16 ports per line card with copper SFP modules -
the last 8 ports on the MIC0 (0/16 through 0/23) and the first 8 ports on the MIC1
(1/0 through 1/7).

• The MX10008 router supports a maximum of 128 copper SFP modules of 1 Gbps
capacity.

• The MX10016 router supports a maximum of 192 copper SFP modules of 1 Gbps
capacity.

NOTE: The 1-Gbps copper SFP modules on the MX10K-LC480 line card do not support
Precision Time Protocol (PTP) or Synchronous Ethernet functionality.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Protocols and Applications Supported by MX10K-LC480

MX10K-LC9600

The MX10K-LC9600 (Model number: JNP10K-LC9600) is a fixed-configuration 24-port line card that
provides a line-rate throughput of 9.6 Tbps. The line card has twenty-four QSFP ports, each capable of
supporting a maximum speed of 400 Gbps.
 109

Figure 37: MX10K-LC9600

1— Power (PWR) and Status (STS) LEDs 4— Lane LEDs

2— QSFP Ports 5— Offline (OFF) button

3— Ejector Handles

The MX10K-LC9600 line card combines Packet Forwarding Engines based on custom ASICs by Juniper
Networks. The line card has six fowarding ASICs, each hosting two Packet Forwarding Engines.The line
card has 12 Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of 800 Gbps.

You can channelize the ports using breakout cables to speeds of 400 Gbps, 200 Gbps, 100 Gbps, 50
Gbps, 40 Gbps, 25 Gbps, or 10 Gbps.

The 9.6-Tbps line card is designed to operate only with the following components:

• JNP10004-SF2 and JNP10008-SF2 switch fabric

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3, JNP10K-PWR-AC2, or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies

• The JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray

• The JNP10008-FTC2 fan tray controller

• JNP10004-FAN2 fan tray

• JNP10004-FTC2 fan tray

NOTE: The fabric connectors on the MX10K-LC9600 line card are sensitive to debris
accumulation. The connectors interface with the connectors on the JNP10004-SF2 SFB and the
JNP10008-SF2 SFB. The connectors must be kept clean and free of dust and other particles to
ensure a high-quality connection between the MX10K-LC9600 line card and the JNP10004-SF2
SFB and the JNP10008-SF2 SFB.
 110

The MX10K-LC9600 line card runs the Juniper Networks Junos OS software on Juniper Networks
JNP10K-LC9600 hardware. The MX10K-LC9600 plugs in to the MX10004 and MX10008 routers
horizontally at the front of the chassis.

The fabric interface connectors on the MX10K-LC9600 line card have a preinstalled protective plastic
dust cover. This cover keeps the connectors clean and free of dust and other particles. Remove the dust
cover before you install the line card in the router. Save the plastic cover for future use to re-install
when you remove the line card from the router.

The WAN ports on the MX10K-LC9600 line card also have preinstalled protective plastic dust covers.
These covers keep the ports clean and free of dust and other particles. Keep these covers installed in
any port that is not occupied by an optic module.

Software release • Junos OS Release 21.4R1 and later when installed in MX10008.

• Junos OS Release 22.3R1 and later when installed in MX10004.

Description • Model number: JNP10K-LC9600

• Name in the CLI: JNP10K-LC9600

• Weight: 27 lb (12.24 kg)

• Dimensions: Height = 1.89 in. (48.01 mm), width = 17.2 in (436.88 mm), depth =
19.05 in. (484 mm) (excluding FRU ejector)
 111

Hardware features • Is a fixed-configuration line card with 400-Gbps, 200-Gbps, 100-Gbps, 50-Gbps, 40-
Gbps, 25-Gbps, or 10-Gbps port speeds.

• Offers line-rate throughput of up to 9.6 Tbps.

• Includes twelve Packet Forwarding Engines, each allows for a maximum bandwidth of
800 Gbps.

• Is compatible with the JNP10004-SF2 and JNP10008-SF2 switch fabric boards.

• Interoperates with the MX10K-LC2101 and MX10K-LC480 line cards.

• Operates with the JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, and JNP10K-RE1-128G Routing

and Control Boards.

• Operates only with the following power supplies and fan trays:

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2

• JNP10008-FAN2

• JNP10008-FTC2

• JNP10004-FAN2

• JNP10004-FTC2

• Supports a maximum transmission unit (MTU) of 16,000 bytes for transit traffic and
host-bound packets.

Software features • Supports rate selectability at the port level.

• By default, the ports are configured as 400-Gigabit Ethernet ports.

• Supports acoustic reduction with a low-power mode EM policy profile when only
100-Gigabit Ethernet ports are used.

• Supports optical diagnostics and related alarms.

 112

Power requirements Power consumption at different temperatures when all ports are configured in 400-Gbps
speed:

• 25° C: 1655 W

• 40° C: 1770 W

LEDs PWR LED

• Steady green—Line-card power is ok.

• Steady red—Line-card power-on has failed.

• Off—Line card is not receiving power.

STS LED

• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
online.

• Blinking green—The line card is booting.

• Steady red (blinking red when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
faulty or an alarm has been raised.

• Off—Line card is disabled or offline.

Port LED

• Off—Port does not have a transceiver module.

• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link is
up with no alarms or failures.

• Steady amber (blinking amber when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link
is down because the port is disabled through the CLI, or the port encountered errors
such as loss of signal, local fault, or remote fault.

Lane LEDs

• The lane LEDs for the corresponding port indicate the port status.

• Like the port status LED, each individual lane LED supports four states as: OFF,
AMBER, GREEN, and RED.
 113

Cables and TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the
connectors pluggable transceivers that your Juniper Networks device supports.
See the list of supported transceivers for the MX Series at MX Series Supported
Transceivers.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Protocols and Applications Supported by MX10K-LC9600

MX10K-LC4800

The MX10K-LC4800 line card (model number: JNP10K-LC4800) is a fixed-configuration 44-port line
card that provides a line-rate throughput of 4.8 Tbps. This line card supports 100-Gigabit Ethernet
(100GbE) and 400GbE deployments.

Figure 38: MX10K-LC4800 Line Card

1— Ejectors 4— SFP56-DD ports

2— QSFP56-DD ports 5— OFF (offline) button

3— Lane LEDs 6— PWR and STS LEDs

The MX10K-LC4800 line card plugs into the MX10004 and MX10008 routers horizontally at the front
of the chassis. The line card runs the Junos operating system (Junos OS).

Software release Junos OS Release 24.2R1 and later when installed in MX10004 or MX10008 routers.
 114

Description • Model number: JNP10K-LC4800

• Name in the CLI: JNP10K-LC4800

• Weight: 40 lb (18.14 kg)

• Dimensions: Height = 1.89 in. (48.01 mm), width = 17.2 in (436.88 mm), depth =
19.05 in. (484 mm) (excluding the ejectors)
 115

Hardware features • Is a fixed-configuration line card with 44 ports (40 SFP56-DD ports and 4 QSFP56-
DD ports).

• Supports channelization of the ports, using breakout cables, as follows:

• Each SFP56-DD port supports the following speeds: 1 Gbps, 10 Gbps, 25 Gbps,
50 Gbps, and 100 Gbps.

• Each QSFP56-DD port supports the following speeds: 4x10 Gbps, 4x25 Gbps, 40
Gbps, 100 Gbps, 2x100 Gbps, 4x100 Gbps, and 400 Gbps.

NOTE: The MX10K-LC4800 line card does not support mixed breakout port
speeds within a single port cage. For example, you cannot configure 4x25 Gbps
and 4x10 Gbps speeds simultaneously within a single port cage.

NOTE: When you configure a QSFP56-DD port as a 400 Gbps port, the adjacent
two SFP56-DD ports (horizontally placed) get disabled.

• Offers a line-rate throughput of up to 4.8 Tbps. However, all the ports on the line
card operate at a speed of 100 Gbps by default, providing a maximum per-slot
bandwidth of 4.4 Tbps.

• Has three forwarding ASICs, each hosting two Packet Forwarding Engines. Each
Packet Forwarding Engine supports a maximum bandwidth of 800 Gbps.

• Supports up to 32-GB Double Data Rate 4 (DDR4) memory (16 GB x 2 VLP DDR4
RDIMM PMB).

• Is compatible with the JNP10004-SF2 (in the MX10004) and JNP10008-SF2 (in the
MX10008) Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs).

• Interoperates with the MX10K-LC9600, MX10K-LC2101, and MX10K-LC480 line

cards.

• Operates with the JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, and JNP10K-RE1-128G Routing

and Control Boards (RCBs).

• Operates only with the following power supply units (PSUs) and fan trays:

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10008-FAN2 (in the MX10008)

 116

• JNP10008-FTC2 (in the MX10008)

• JNP10004-FAN2 (in the MX10004)

• JNP10004-FTC2 (in the MX10004)

• Supports a maximum transmission unit (MTU) of 16,000 bytes for transit traffic and
host-bound packets.

NOTE: If you configure an SFP56-DD port as a 1-Gbps port, the port supports an
MTU of 3800 bytes.

• Adheres to the complete NEBS compliance (NEBS GR63-CORE, GR1089-CORE, and

SR3580 compliance).

Software features • Supports rate selectability at the port level

• By default, the ports are configured as 100-Gigabit Ethernet ports

• Supports optical diagnostics and related alarms

• Has three logical PICs, each serviced by a dedicated forwarding ASIC

• Enhanced MACsec support on all the optical ports

Power requirements Power consumption at different temperatures when all the ports are configured to
operate at 100-Gbps speed:

• 25°C: 966 W

• 40°C: 1005 W

• 55°C: 1030 W
 117

LEDs PWR LED

• Steady green—Line card is receiving power.

• Steady red—Line card has failed to power on.

• Off—Line card is not receiving power.

STS LED

• Steady green (when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is online.

• Blinking green—The line card is booting.

• Steady red (when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is faulty or an
alarm has been raised.

• Off—Line card is disabled or offline.

Port LED (next to each port)

• Off—Port does not have a transceiver module.

• Steady green (when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link is up with no
alarms or failures.

• Steady amber (when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link is down because
the port is disabled through the CLI, or the port encountered errors such as loss of
signal, local fault, or remote fault.

Lane LEDs

• The lane LEDs for the corresponding ports indicate the port status.

• Similar to the port status LED, each individual lane LED supports four states: OFF,
AMBER, GREEN, and RED.
 118

Cables and TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the
connectors pluggable transceivers that your Juniper Networks device supports.

The following 400G-ZR optics are only supported up to 40°C. For more information, see
Hardware Compatibility Tool.

• JCO400-QDD-ZR

• JCO400-QDD-ZR-M

• QDD-400G-ZR

• QDD-400G-ZR-M

• QDD-400G-ZR-M-HP
3 CHAPTER

Site Planning, Preparation, and

Specifications

MX10004 Site Preparation Overview | 120

MX10004 Power Planning | 129

MX10004 Transceiver and Cable Specifications | 139

MX10004 Alarm and Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts | 145

 120

MX10004 Site Preparation Overview

IN THIS SECTION

MX10004 General Site Guidelines | 120

MX10004 Site Preparation Checklist | 121

MX10004 Environmental Requirements and Specifications | 122

MX10004 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines | 124

MX10004 Rack Requirements | 125

MX10004 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance | 128

The following topics describe general site planning and preparation for sites with MX10004 routers.
Specific topics include site specifications, environmental requirements, electrical and wiring
requirements, rack requirements, and airflow requirements for optimal MX10004 router performance.

MX10004 General Site Guidelines

Efficient router operation requires proper site planning and maintenance. It also requires proper layout
of the router, the rack or cabinet (if used) and the wiring closet.

To plan and create an acceptable operating environment for your router and prevent environmentally
caused equipment failures:

• Keep the area around the chassis free from dust and conductive material, such as metal flakes.

• Follow prescribed airflow guidelines to ensure that the cooling system functions properly and that
exhaust from other equipment doesn’t blow into the intake vents of the router.

• Follow the prescribed electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention procedures to prevent damage to the
equipment. Static discharge can cause components to fail completely or intermittently over time.

• Install the router in a secure area so that only authorized personnel can access the router.
 121

MX10004 Site Preparation Checklist

The checklist in Table 37 on page 121 summarizes the tasks you must perform to prepare a site for the
MX10004 router.

Table 37: MX10004 Site Preparation Checklist

✓ Item or Task For More Information

Environment

□ Verify that environmental factors such as temperature See "MX10004 Environmental Requirements
and humidity are within router tolerances. and Specifications" on page 122.

Power

□ Measure the distance between external power sources

and the router installation site.

□ Calculate the power consumption and requirements. See "MX10004 Power Planning" on page 129.

Rack

□ Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements See "MX10004 Rack Requirements" on page
for router installation. 125.

□ Plan rack location, including required space clearances for See "MX10004 Clearance Requirements for
optimal airflow. Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page
128.

□ Secure the rack to the floor and the building structure.

Cables
 122

Table 37: MX10004 Site Preparation Checklist (Continued)

✓ Item or Task For More Information

□ Acquire cables and connectors: The list of supported transceivers for the
MX10004 line cards is located at https://
• Determine the number of cables needed based on apps.juniper.net/hct/product/
your planned configuration. #prd=MX10004.

• Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable.

Choose the cable length based on the distance
between the hardware components to be connected.

□ Plan the cable routing and management.

MX10004 Environmental Requirements and Specifications

You must install the MX10004 router in a four-post rack. The router requires housing in a dry, clean,
well-ventilated, and temperature-controlled environment.

Follow these environmental guidelines:

• Ensure that the site is as dust free as possible, because dust can clog air intake vents and filters,
reducing the efficiency of the router cooling system.

• Maintain ambient airflow for normal router operation. If the airflow is blocked or restricted, or if the
intake air is too warm, the router might overheat. If the router overheats, the router temperature
monitor might shut down the router to protect the hardware components.

Environmental tolerances for altitude and operating temperature depend on:

• The type of ESD front door installed—either the standard JNP10004-FRNT-PNL without an air filter
or the JNP10004-FPNL1 with air filter that is available as a spare.

• The wattage of the type of optics being used—either 14 W or 21 W optics.

• The line card slot. Slot 0 has slightly different airflow and cooling.
 123

Table 38: MX10004 Environmental Tolerances

Description Tolerance

Altitude No performance degradation up to 6000 feet (1829 meters).

Relative humidity • Normal operation ensured in a relative humidity range of 5%

through 90%, noncondensing.

• Short-term operation ensured in a relative humidity range of 5%

through 93%, noncondensing.

NOTE: As defined in NEBS GR-63-CORE, Issue 3: Short-term refers

to a period of not more than 96 consecutive hours (four days) and
not more than 360 hours (15 days) in 1 year.

Temperature • Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32° F through

104° F (0° C through 40° C).

• Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping container: -40° F

through 158° F (-40° C through 70° C).

• Short-term operation ensured in temperature range of 32° F

through 131° F (0° C through 55° C) at 6000 ft altitude.

NOTE: As defined in NEBS GR-63-CORE, Issue 3: Short-term refers

to a period of not more than 96 consecutive hours (four days) and
not more than 360 hours (15 days) in 1 year.

NOTE: Short-term operation is applicable only to MX10K-LC480

line card in the MX10004 chassis.

Seismic zone Designed to comply with Zone 4 earthquake requirements according to

NEBS GR-63-CORE, Issue 3.

NOTE: Install MX10004 routers only in restricted-access areas, such as dedicated equipment
rooms and equipment closets. Install routers in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
 124

MX10004 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines

"MX10004 Environmental Requirements and Specifications" on page 122 describes the factors you
must consider while you plan the electrical wiring at your site.

CAUTION: It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded

environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.

Table 39: Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines

Site Wiring Factor Guidelines

Signaling limitations To ensure that signaling functions optimally:

• Install wires correctly.

Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference.

• Observe the recommended distances, and avoid passing wires between

buildings.

The potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed
recommended distances or if wires pass between buildings.

• Shield all conductors.

The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning can damage unshielded

conductors and destroy electronic devices.

Radio frequency interference To reduce or eliminate the emission of RFI from your site wiring:
(RFI)
• Use a twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors.

• Use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each
data signal if you must exceed the recommended distances.
 125

Table 39: Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines (Continued)

Site Wiring Factor Guidelines

Electromagnetic Provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and use electrical surge-
compatibility (EMC) suppression devices.

Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can cause the following

damage:

• Destruction of the signal drivers and receivers in the device

• Electrical hazards as a result of power surges conducted over the lines into
the equipment

TIP: If your site is susceptible to problems with EMC, particularly from lightning
or radio transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice.

WARNING: The intrabuilding port or ports of the equipment or subassembly are

suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The
intrabuilding port or ports of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically
connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are
designed for use as intrabuilding interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in
GR-1089-CORE). The interfaces require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The
addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection to connect these interfaces
metallically to OSP wiring.

MX10004 Rack Requirements

The MX10004 router chassis is designed to be installed in four-post racks.

Rack requirements consist of:

• Rack type.

• Rack mount kit hole spacing.

• Rack size and strength.

• Rack connection to the building structure.

Table 40 on page 126 provides the rack requirements and specifications for the MX10004.
 126

Table 40: Rack Requirements for the MX10004

Rack Requirement Guidelines

Rack type: four-post Use a four-post rack that provides bracket holes or hole patterns
spaced at 1-U (1.75 in. or 4.45 cm) increments and that meets the
size and strength requirements to support the weight and seismic
requirements. We recommend that you use a Telect DR1250-84436
rack or an equivalent rack.

A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and

Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310–D) published by
the Electronics Industries Association (EIA).

You can mount up to six MX10004 routers in a four-post rack if:

• The rack is 42 U or taller.

• The rack meets the strength requirements to support the weight

and seismic requirements.

• The facility can provide adequate power and cooling.

TIP: Always mount devices starting at the bottom of the rack.

Rack-mount kit hole spacing The holes in the rack-mount kit are spaced at 1 U (1.75 in. or
4.45 cm) so that the router can be mounted in any rack that provides
holes spaced at that distance.
 127

Table 40: Rack Requirements for the MX10004 (Continued)

Rack Requirement Guidelines

Rack size and strength • Ensure that the rack complies with the standards for a 19-in.
wide rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated
Equipment (document number EIA-310–D) published by the EIA.

• Use one of the standard rack lengths as defined in the four-part

Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications
standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300
119-1 through 119-4) published by the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) (http://
www.etsi.org).

• 23.62 in. (600 mm)

• 30.0 in. (762 mm)

• 31.5 in. (800 mm)

• Ensure that the rack rails are spaced widely enough to

accommodate the external dimensions of the router chassis. The
outer edges of the flange extend the chassis width to 19 in.
(48.26 cm).

• Ensure that the rack is strong enough to support the weight of

the router and cabling.

• Ensure that the spacing of rails and adjacent racks allows for
proper clearance around the router and rack. See "MX10004
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance"
on page 128.

Rack connection to building structure • Secure the rack to the building structure.

• If earthquakes are a possibility in your geographical area, secure

the rack to the floor.

• Secure the rack to the ceiling and to the wall or floor for
maximum stability.
 128

MX10004 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware

Maintenance

When you plan the site for an MX10004 router installation, you must allow sufficient clearance around
the installed chassis for cooling and maintenance. See Figure 39 on page 128 for a top view of clearance
for the MX10004.

Figure 39: MX10004 Clearance Requirements

NOTE: For JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply, the overall depth is 36 in. (91.44 cm) instead of
34.2 in. and the power cable depth is 6 in. (15.24 cm) instead of 7 in.

Follow these guidelines:

• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted. See
"MX10004 Cooling System" on page 39 for more information about the airflow through the chassis.

• If you plan to mount an MX10004 in a rack with other equipment, ensure that the exhaust from
other equipment doesn’t blow into the intake vents of the chassis.

• Leave at least 30 in. (76.2 cm) in front of the chassis and at least 24 in. (61 cm) behind the MX10004
so that service personnel can remove and install hardware components. To be NEBS GR-63
compliant, allow at least 30 in. (76.2 cm) in front of the rack and 24 in. (61 cm) behind the rack.
 129

MX10004 Power Planning

IN THIS SECTION

Power Requirements for MX10004 Components | 129

Calculate Power Requirements of an MX10004 Router | 130

Use the information in this topic to calculate the power consumption for the Juniper Networks
MX10004 router and plan your configuration’s power requirements.

Power Requirements for MX10004 Components

Table 41 on page 129 lists the power requirements for different hardware components of an MX10004
router under typical voltage conditions and optics.

Table 41: Power Requirements for MX10004 Components

Component Description Power Requirements (Watts)

At 25° C At 40° C At 55° C

JNP10004-SF2 MX10004 SFB 225 W 225 W 225 W

JNP10004-FAN2 MX10004 fan tray 651 W 651 W 651 W

JNP10K-RE1 MX10004 RCB 100 W 175 W 175 W

MX10K-LC2101 Line-rate 1335 W 1425 W -

line card throughput of up to
2.4 Tbps.
 130

Table 41: Power Requirements for MX10004 Components (Continued)

Component Description Power Requirements (Watts)

At 25° C At 40° C At 55° C

MX10K-LC480 line Line-rate 430 W (10G) 450 W (10G) 480 W (10G)

card throughput of up to
370 W (1G) 390 W (1G) 420 W (1G)
480 Gbps.

MX10K-LC9600 Line-rate 1655 W 1770 W -

line card throughput of up to
9.6 Tbps.

Calculate Power Requirements of an MX10004 Router

IN THIS SECTION

How to Calculate the Power Consumption of Your MX10004 Router Configuration | 131

How to Calculate the Number of Power Supplies Required for Your MX10004 Configuration | 133

Use the information in this topic to calculate power requirements of your MX10004 configuration. You
also need to determine the number of power supplies required for different MX10004 router
configurations.

CAUTION: To ensure adequate power and to avoid triggering an alarm, we recommend

that you maintain n+1 power supplies in your router at all times. Replace failed power
supplies immediately to prevent unexpected failures.
If a new line card is installed in an operational router, power management does not
power on the line card if the increased power demand exceeds the total available
power, including redundant power. If redundant power is used to power on the line
card, a minor alarm is raised. The minor alarm becomes a major alarm if the condition is
not corrected.
 131

NOTE: The calculations in this topic represent the maximum power requirements that you need
to budget for your MX10004 router configuration. The power consumption of your router will be
less than the calculated results shown here. Power consumption will vary based on the hardware
and software configuration of your router, the amount of traffic passing through the line cards,
and environmental variables such as room temperature.

Before you begin these calculations:

• Ensure that you understand the different router configurations. See "MX10004 Components and
Configurations" on page 23.

• Ensure that you know the power requirements of different router components. See "Power
Requirements for MX10004 Components" on page 129.

How to Calculate the Power Consumption of Your MX10004 Router Configuration

Use the following procedure to determine the maximum power you need to supply to the router. To
calculate maximum system power consumption, you first determine the combined maximum internal
power requirements of all the router components and then divide this result by the power supply output
power.

NOTE: The calculations in this topic represent the maximum power requirements that you need
to budget for your MX10004 router configuration. The power consumption of your router will be
less than the calculated results shown here. Power consumption will vary based on the hardware
and software configuration of your router, the amount of traffic passing through the line cards,
and environmental variables such as room temperature.

To calculate maximum system power consumption:

1. Determine the maximum power consumption of the base chassis components (that is, the
components other than the line cards). Use Table 42 on page 132 if your router is configured as
either the standard base or the redundant configuration.
 132

Table 42: Chassis Power Consumption for Standard Configurations

Chassis MX10004-BASE MX10004- MX10004-3F-BASE MX10004-4F-PREM

Component Configuration PREMIUM Configuration Configuration
Configuration

Fan tray 651*2 = 1302 W 651*2 = 1302 W 651*2 = 1302 W 651*2 = 1302 W

RCB 175 W 175*2 = 350 W 175 W 175*2 = 350 W

SFB 225*5 = 1125 W 225*6 = 1350 W 225*3 = 675 W 225*4 = 900 W

Total 2602 W 3002 W 2152 W 2552 W

2. Calculate the maximum internal power consumption of the entire router by adding the maximum
power requirements of each line card. See Table 43 on page 132 for a chart of the power needed for
line cards.
Table 43: Line Card Power Consumption

Number of Line Cards MX10K-LC2101 MX10K-LC480 MX10K-LC9600

1 1425 W 450 W 1770 W

2 2850 W 900 W 3540 W

3 4275 W 1350 W 5310 W

4 5700 W 1800 W 7080 W

For example, for an MX10004-PREMIUM Configuration with four MX10K-LC9600 line cards, the
maximum power consumption of the four line cards is 7080 W:

1770 W (power consumed by one MX10K-LC9600) x 4 line cards = 7080 W

3. Add the power consumption from Step 1 (3002 W) and the total line card consumption from Step 2
(7080 W).
To continue from the previous example, add the wattage from four MX10K-LC9600 line cards (7080
W) to an MX10004-PREMIUM configuration (3002 W):
 133

7080 W + 3002 W = 10082 W

How to Calculate the Number of Power Supplies Required for Your MX10004
Configuration
The minimum power configuration for MX10004 routers is three power supplies. However, using the
calculated minimum power configuration doesn’t prevent the system from triggering a power alarm. To
ensure that you don’t trigger power alarms with a fully loaded chassis, you must configure your router
for dual feed and high-power settings.

To calculate the number of power supplies required for your minimum router configuration:

1. Determine the power available from the power supplies. The JNPR10K-PWR-AC2 and JNPR10K-
PWR-DC2 power supplies have a set of three DIP switches on the faceplate. These switches enable
you to configure the power supply for either the high-power (30 A) or low-power (20 A) input mode.
The JNPR10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has a set of five DIP switches on the faceplate that allows
you to configure the power supply for either the high power (20 A) or low power (15 A) input mode.
Table 44 on page 133, Table 46 on page 137, and Table 45 on page 135 shows the power available
for the installed power supplies.
Table 44: Total Power Available

Power Supply Module Models With Two Power Supplies With Three Power Supplies

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 dual-feed, 11,000 W 16,500 W

high power (30 A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 single-feed, 10,000 W 15,000 W

high-power (30 A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC2, dual-feed, 6,000 W 9,000 W

low-power (20 A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC2, single-feed, 5,400 W 8,100 W

low-power (20 A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 dual-feed, 11,000 W 16,500 W

high-power (80 A) setting
 134

Table 44: Total Power Available (Continued)

Power Supply Module Models With Two Power Supplies With Three Power Supplies

JNP10K-PWR-AC3, single active 5,000 W 7,500 W

feed, (15-A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC3, two active 10,000 W 15,000 W

feeds, (15-A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC3, three active 15,000 W 22,500 W

feeds, (15-A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC3, four active 15,600 W 23,400 W

feeds, (15-A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC3, single active 6,000 W 9,000 W

feed, (20-A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-AC3, two active 12,000 W 18,000 W

feeds, (20-A) setting; (either A0
and A1 or B0 and B1)

JNP10K-PWR-AC3, three or four 15,600 W 23,400 W

active feeds, (20-A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 dual-feed, 8,800 W 13,200 W

low-power (60 A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 single-feed, 5,500 W 8,250 W

high-power (80 A) setting

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 single-feed, 4,400 W 6,600 W

low-power (60 A) setting
 135

NOTE: The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has a set of five DIP switches on the faceplate
that allows you to configure the power supply for either high power (20 A) or low power (15
A) input mode. If any JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply is set to 15 A, then the power budget
for all power supplies installed in the system becomes 15 A, regardless of whether other
power supplies are set at 20 A. This design helps prevent overloading of the power supply
that is set to 15 A. See Table 45 on page 135.

Table 45: Power Voltages Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supplies

INP-A0 INP-A1 INP-B0 INP-B1 Switch 4 (High Input Output Power

(Switch 0) (Switch 1) (Switch 2) (Switch 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

15-A

Off Off Off On Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off Off On Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off Off On On Off (15 A) 5000 W

Off On Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off On Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W

Off On On On Off (15 A) 7500 W

Off On On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

On Off Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

On Off Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W

On Off On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

 136

Table 45: Power Voltages Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supplies (Continued)

INP-A0 INP-A1 INP-B0 INP-B1 Switch 4 (High Input Output Power

(Switch 0) (Switch 1) (Switch 2) (Switch 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

On Off On On Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On Off Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

On On Off On Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On On Off Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On On On Off (15 A) 7800 W

20-A

Off Off Off On On (20 A) 3000 W

Off Off On Off On (20 A) 3000 W

Off Off On On On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W

Off On Off On On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On On Off On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On On On On (20 A) 7800 W

On Off Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W

On Off Off On On (20 A) 6000 W

 137

Table 45: Power Voltages Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supplies (Continued)

INP-A0 INP-A1 INP-B0 INP-B1 Switch 4 (High Input Output Power

(Switch 0) (Switch 1) (Switch 2) (Switch 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

On Off On Off On (20 A) 6000 W

On Off On On On (20 A) 7800 W

On On Off Off On (20 A) 6000 W

On On Off On On (20 A) 7800 W

On On On Off On (20 A) 7800 W

On On On On On (20 A) 7800 W

Table 46: Power Voltage Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supplies

INP0 (Switch 1) INP1 (Switch 2) H/L (High-Input/ Output Power

Low-Input Switch 3)

JNP10K-PWR-AC2

On On On (High 30 A) 5500 W

On On Off (Low 20 A) 3000 W

On Off On (High 30 A) 5000 W

Off On On (High 30 A) 5000 W

On Off Off (Low 20 A) 2700 W

 138

Table 46: Power Voltage Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supplies
(Continued)

INP0 (Switch 1) INP1 (Switch 2) H/L (High-Input/ Output Power

Low-Input Switch 3)

Off On Off (Low 20 A) 2700 W

JNP10K-PWR-DC2

On On On (High 80 A) 5500 W

On On Off (Low 60 A) 4400 W

On Off On (High 80 A) 2750 W

Off On On (High 80 A) 2750 W

On Off Off (Low 60 A) 2200 W

Off On Off (Low 60 A) 2200 W

NOTE: If any JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply is set to 20 A, then the power budget for all
power supplies installed in the system becomes 20 A, regardless of whether other power
supplies are set at 30 A. This design is to prevent overloading of the power supply that is set
to 20 A. See Table 61 on page 209 for details on setting the DIP switches.

2. Determine the total power required for your configuration with line cards installed. The total power
available to the chassis is calculated by dividing the wattage needed by the power rating, and then
rounding up.
In the previous examples, we calculated that an MX10004-PREMIUM system requires 10082 W with
four MX10K-LC9600 line cards. In this example, we calculate the total power available for two
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supplies set for dual feed and low power in an MX10004-PREMIUM
configuration:

10082 W (premium system) / 3000 W (6000 W total, 3000 per device) = 3.36
 139

Round up the result to three JNP10K-PWR-AC power supplies. An MX10004-PREMIUM redundant

AC system then has a sufficient number of power supplies.

3. Calculate how much power the power supplies need. To determine the power required, multiply the
number of power supplies by the power supply wattage that each supply requires. Then, divide by
the efficiency of the power supply. The efficiency rate accounts for the loss of energy within the
power supply and is 89 percent for power supplies running in MX10004 routers.

MX10004 Transceiver and Cable Specifications

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

Your transceiver and network cable plan for the MX10004 Optical Transceiver and Cable
MX10004 router must take into consideration the Support | 139
fiber-optic cables you can use, including connector MX10004 Cable Specifications for Console
details and pinouts. For optimal router function, your and Management Connections | 140
site must meet cable power requirements and
mitigate cable signal loss, attenuation, and MX10004 Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss,
dispersion. Attenuation, and Dispersion | 141

Calculate the Fiber-Optic Cable Power

Budget for an MX10004 Router | 143

Calculate the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Margin

for an MX10004 Router | 143

To ensure success, review fiber-optic cable characteristics. Plan the power budget and power margin for
fiber-optic cables connected to your device by using the information in the following topics.

MX10004 Optical Transceiver and Cable Support

You can find information about the pluggable transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device
by using the Hardware Compatibility Tool. In addition to transceiver and connector type, compatibility
tool documents the optical and cable characteristics—where applicable—for each transceiver. The
Hardware Compatibility Tool enables you to search by product, displaying all the transceivers supported
 140

on that device (or category) by interface speed or type. The list of supported transceivers for the
MX10004 is located at Hardware Compatibility Tool.

CAUTION: The Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) provides

complete support for Juniper-supplied optical modules and cables. However, JTAC does
not provide support for third-party optical modules and cables that are not qualified or
supplied by Juniper Networks. If you face a problem running a Juniper device that uses
third-party optical modules or cables, JTAC may help you diagnose host-related issues if
the observed issue is not, in the opinion of JTAC, related to the use of the third-party
optical modules or cables. Your JTAC engineer will likely request that you check the
third-party optical module or cable and, if required, replace it with an equivalent
Juniper-qualified component.
Use of third-party optical modules with high-power consumption (for example,
coherent ZR or ZR+) can potentially cause thermal damage to or reduce the lifespan of
the host equipment. Any damage to the host equipment due to the use of third-party
optical modules or cables is the users’ responsibility. Juniper Networks will accept no
liability for any damage caused due to such use.

MX10004 Cable Specifications for Console and Management

Connections

Table 47 on page 140 lists the specifications for the cables that connect the MX10004 router to a
management device.

NOTE: You can configure the MX10004 with small form-factor pluggable (SFP) management
ports that support 1000BASE-SX transceivers.

Table 47: Cable Specifications for Console and Management Connections for the MX10004 Routers

Port on MX10004 Router Cable Specification Maximum Length Device Receptacle

Console port RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable 2.13 meters RJ-45

Management port Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable for 100 meters RJ-45
1000BASE-T operation
 141

NOTE: We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device package, or if
you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-Bit)
Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/drivers/vcp-
drivers/ to download the driver.

MX10004 Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion

IN THIS SECTION

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cables | 141

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cables | 142

To determine the power budget and power margin needed for fiber-optic connections, you need to
understand how signal loss, attenuation, and dispersion affect transmission. The MX10004 router uses
various types of network cables, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cables.

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cables

Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally (bounce off the
walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. However, LEDs
are not coherent light sources.

LEDs spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different
angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. Fiber
cladding consists of layers of lower-refractive index material in close contact with a core material of
higher-refractive index. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-
 142

order mode loss occurs. Together, these factors reduce the transmission distance of multimode fiber
compared with that of single-mode fiber.

Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light reflect internally through one layer only.
Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of
light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber,
single-mode fiber has a higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances. It is consequently
more expensive.

For information about the maximum transmission distance and supported wavelength range for the
types of single-mode and multimode fiber-optic cables that are connected to the MX Series, see the
Juniper Networks Hardware Compatibility Tool. Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can
result in significant signal loss, which causes unreliable transmission.

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cables

An optical data link functions correctly if the modulated light reaching the receiver has enough power to
be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in strength of the light signal during
transmission. Passive media components such as cables, cable splices, and connectors cause
attenuation. Although attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still
occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmissions. An efficient optical data link must transmit
enough light to overcome attenuation.

Dispersion is the spreading of the signal over time. The following two types of dispersion can affect
signal transmission through an optical data link:

• Chromatic dispersion, which is caused by the different speeds of light rays.

• Modal dispersion, which is caused by the different propagation modes in the fiber.

For multimode transmission, modal dispersion usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length.
(Chromatic dispersion or attentuation does not usually limit the maximum bit rate or link length.) For
single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer
distances, chromatic dispersion limits the maximum link length.

An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver
requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be within the limits
specified for the type of link in the Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and
International Telecommunications Union (ITU) document G.957.

When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty
in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation,
power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.
 143

Calculate the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Budget for an MX10004 Router

Calculate the link's power budget when planning fiber-optic cable layout and distances to ensure that
fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation. The power budget is the maximum
amount of power the link can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case
analysis to provide a margin of error, even though the parts of a configured system don’t operate at the
worst-case levels. We cannot use the phrase "all parts . . . don't operate." You can write "none of the
parts operate," however.

To calculate the worst-case estimate for the fiber-optic cable power budget (PB) for the link:

1. Determine values for the link's minimum transmitter power (PT) and minimum receiver sensitivity
(PR). For example, in the following example, we measure (PT) and (PR) in decibels per milliwatt (dBm):
PT = –15 dBm

PR = –28 dBm

NOTE: See the specifications for your transmitter and receiver to find the minimum
transmitter power and minimum receiver sensitivity.

2. Calculate the power budget (PB) by subtracting (PR) from (PT):

–15 dBm – (–28 dBm) = 13 dBm

Calculate the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Margin for an MX10004 Router

Before you begin to calculate the power margin, calculate the power budget.

Calculate the link's power margin and distances when planning your fiber-optic cable layout. This will
ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient signal power to overcome system losses and satisfy
the minimum input requirements of the receiver for the required performance level. The power margin
(PM) is the amount of power available after you subtract attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power
budget (PB).

When you calculate the power margin, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even
though none of the parts of a configured system operate at worst-case levels. A power margin (PM)
greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver and does not
exceed the maximum receiver input power. This means that the link will work. A power margin (PM) that
is zero or negative indicates insufficient power to operate the receiver. See the specification for your
receiver to find the maximum receiver input power.
 144

To calculate the worst-case estimate for the power margin (PM) for the link:

1. Determine the maximum value for LL by adding estimated values for applicable link-loss factors. For
example, use the sample values for various factors as provided in Table 48 on page 144: the link is 2
km long and multimode, and the (PB) is 13 dBm.
Table 48: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value Sample Link-Loss Calculation Values

Higher-order mode Multimode—0.5 dBm 0.5 dBm

losses

Single mode—None 0 dBm

Modal and chromatic Multimode—None, if product 0 dBm

dispersion of bandwidth and distance is
less than 500 MHz/km

Single mode—None 0 dBm

Connector 0.5 dBm This example assumes five connectors. Loss for
five connectors: 5 (0.5 dBm) = 2.5 dBm.

Splice 0.5 dBm This example assumes two splices. Loss for two
splices: 2 (0.5 dBm) = 1 dBm.

Fiber attenuation Multimode—1 dBm/km This example assumes the link is 2-km long. Fiber
attenuation for 2 km: 2 km (1 dBm/km) = 2 dBm.

Single-mode—0.5 dBm/km This example assumes the link is 2-km long. Fiber
attenuation for 2 km: 2 km (0.5 dBm/
km) = 1 dBm.

Clock Recovery Module 1 dBm 1 dBm

(CRM)
 145

NOTE: For information about the amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other
factors, see your vendor documentation for that equipment.

2. Calculate the (PM) by subtracting (LL) from (PB):

PB– LL = PM

13 dBm – 0.5 dBm [HOL] – 5 (0.5 dBm) – 2 (0.5 dBm) – 2 km (1.0 dBm/km) – 1 dB [CRM] = PM

13 dBm – 0.5 dBm – 2.5 dBm – 1 dBm – 2 dBm – 1 dBm = PM

PM = 6 dBm

The calculated power margin is 6 dBm. This value is greater than zero, indicating that the link has
sufficient power for transmission. Also, the power margin value does not exceed the maximum
receiver input power. See the specifications for your receiver to find the maximum receiver input
power.

MX10004 Alarm and Management Cable

Specifications and Pinouts

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

The MX10004 router relies on connections through Console Port Connector Pinouts for an
specific management cables, ports, and pinouts to MX10004 Router | 146
communicate effectively with management devices USB Port Specifications for the MX10004
such as laptops. Router | 147

Management Port Pinouts for the MX10004

Router | 148

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the External

Clock Ports | 149
 146

Console Port Connector Pinouts for an MX10004 Router

The console port (labeled CON) on the RCB panel is an RS-232 serial interface. It uses an RJ-45
connector to connect to a console management device. The default baud rate for the console port is
9600 baud.

Table 49 on page 146 provides the pinout information for the RJ-45 console connector.

NOTE: If your laptop or PC does not have a DB-9 plug connector pin and you want to connect
your laptop or PC directly to an MX10004 router, use a combination of the RJ-45 cable and
RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter and a USB-to-DB-9 plug adapter. You must provide the USB-to-DB-9
plug adapter.

NOTE: We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device package, or if
you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-Bit)
Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/drivers/vcp-
drivers/ to download the driver.

Table 49: Console Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10004 Router

Pin Signal Description

1 RTS Output Request to send

2 DTR Output Data terminal ready

TOD Output for PTP applications Time of day for Precision Time
Protocol (PTP). You can use DTR pins
as a TOD universal asynchronous
receiver/transmitter (UART) by using
breakout cables.
 147

Table 49: Console Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10004 Router (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

3 TxD Output Transmit data

4 Signal Ground Signal ground

5 Signal Ground Signal ground

6 RxD Input Receive data

7 DCD Input Data carrier detect

TOD Output for PTP applications Time of day for PTP. You can use DCD
pins as a TOD UART by using breakout
cables.

8 CTS Input Clear to send

USB Port Specifications for the MX10004 Router

The following Juniper Networks USB flash drives are tested and supported for the USB port in the
MX10004 router:

• RE-USB-1G-S—1-gigabyte (GB) USB flash drive

• RE-USB-2G-S—2-GB USB flash drive

• RE-USB-4G-S—4-GB USB flash drive

CAUTION: Any USB memory product not listed as supported for the MX10004 router
has not been tested by Juniper Networks. The use of any unsupported USB memory
product could expose your device to unpredictable behavior. The Juniper Networks
Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) can provide only limited support for issues related to
unsupported hardware. We strongly recommend that you use only supported USB flash
drives.
 148

CAUTION: Remove the USB flash drive before upgrading Junos OS or rebooting an
MX10004 router. Failure to do so could expose your device to unpredictable behavior.

NOTE: USB flash drives used with the MX10004 router must support USB 2.0 or later.

Management Port Pinouts for the MX10004 Router

The 1000BASE-T RJ-45 management ports use an RJ-45 connector to connect to one of these points:

• The control plane and management network in an MX10004 router

• A management device for out-of-band management

Table 50 on page 148 provides the pinout information of the RJ-45 management port connector.

Table 50: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10004 Router

Pin Signal Description

1 TRP1+ Transmit/receive data pair 1

2 TRP1– Transmit/receive data pair 1

3 TRP2+ Transmit/receive data pair 2

4 TRP3+ Transmit/receive data pair 3

5 TRP3– Transmit/receive data pair 3

6 TRP2– Transmit/receive data pair 2

7 TRP4+ Transmit/receive data pair 4

 149

Table 50: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10004 Router (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

8 TRP4– Transmit/receive data pair 4

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the External Clock Ports

The Routing and Control Board (RCB) contains two RJ-45 connectors for building-integrated timing
supply (BITS) external clock support. Table 51 on page 149 provides the pinout information of the RJ-45
management port connectors

Table 51: External Clock Pinouts

Pin Description Direction

A1 PortA, Rx, Ring Input

A2 PortA, Rx, Tip Input

A3 Reserved –

A4 PortA, Rx, Ring Output

A5 PortA, Rx, Tip Output

A6 Reserved –

A7 Reserved –

A8 Reserved –

B1 PortB Rx, Ring Input

 150

Table 51: External Clock Pinouts (Continued)

Pin Description Direction

B2 PortB Rx, Tip Input

B3 Reserved –

B4 PortB Rx, Ring Output

B5 PortB Rx, Tip Output

B6 Reserved –

B7 Reserved –

B8 Reserved –
4 CHAPTER

Initial Installation and Configuration

MX10004 Installation Overview | 152

Unpack the MX10004 Router | 153

Mount the Juniper Networks MX10004 Router Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST

Rack-Mount Kit | 165

Install the Front Door on an MX10004 Router | 172

Connect the MX10004 to Power | 180

Connect the MX10004 Router to External Devices | 184

Perform the Initial Configuration for the MX10004 Router | 187

 152

MX10004 Installation Overview

The MX10004 is a rigid sheet-metal router-chassis. It houses the other hardware components such as
the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs), Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs), power supplies, fan trays, and line
cards. The router chassis ships in a cardboard box that has a two-layer wooden pallet base. The router
chassis is bolted to the pallet base. You can install an MX10004 router in a standard 19-in. (483-mm)
equipment rack by using the supplied rack-mount kit.

Perform the following steps to install the MX10004:

1. Unpack the router following the instructions in "Unpack the MX10004 Router" on page 153.
2. Mount the chassis in the rack following the instructions in "Mount the Juniper Networks MX10004
Router Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-Mount Kit" on page 165.
Because of the weight of the chassis, we recommend mounting using a mechanical lift. A mechanical
lift is the easiest and safest method.
3. Install the line cards following the instructions in "Install an MX10004 Line Card in the Router
Chassis" on page 251.
4. Connect the chassis to earth ground following the instructions in "Connect the MX10004 Router to
Earth Ground" on page 180.
5. Connect power to the power supplies following the instructions in "Connect the MX10004 to
Power" on page 180.
6. Install the ESD front door following the instructions in "Install the Front Door on an MX10004
Router" on page 172.
7. Connect the router to the network.

• To connect the router to a network for out-of-band management, follow instructions in "Connect
the MX10004 Router to External Devices" on page 184.

• To connect the router to a management console, follow instructions in "Connect an MX10004

Router to a Management Console" on page 186.
8. Configure the router following the instructions in "Perform the Initial Configuration for the MX10004
Router" on page 187.
9. Install optional equipment such as the cable management system. See Install the Cable Management
System—JLC-CBL-MGMT-KIT.
 153

Unpack the MX10004 Router

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

Unpack the router using the recommended tools and Unpack the MX10004 Shipping Pallet | 153
following the recommended procedure. Unpack Line Cards, Routing Control Boards,
and Switch Fabric Boards for the MX10004
Router | 156

Compare the MX10004 Router Order to the

Packing List | 157

Register Products—Mandatory to Validate

SLAs | 165

Unpack the MX10004 Shipping Pallet

Gather the following tools and parts to unpack the Juniper Networks MX10004 router:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

• 1/2-in. or 13-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet

• A box cutter or packing knife to slice open the nylon straps and tape that seal the crate and boxes

• Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component

After you prepare the installation site as described in Table 37 on page 121, you can unpack the router.

The MX10004 router chassis is a rigid sheet-metal structure that houses the hardware components. The
chassis ships in a cardboard box that has a two-layer wooden pallet base with foam cushioning between
the layers. The router chassis is bolted to the pallet base. The carton also contains an accessory box and
a rack-mount kit.

NOTE: The chassis is well protected inside the shipping box. Keep it secure in its packaging until
you are ready to begin installation.
 154

The shipper has the option to either ship the front panel separately or ship it along with the chassis. If
the front panel arrives with the chassis, set aside the front panel box until you are ready to verify the
contents of the order. See Figure 40 on page 154.

Figure 40: Shipping Crate and Accessory Box

1— Cardboard shipping box 4— MX10004 chassis

2— Cardboard accessory box 5— Wood pallet

3— Foam cover

To unpack the chassis:

1. Move the shipping box to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible. While the
chassis is bolted to the pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move the shipping box. Make
sure there is enough space to remove components from the chassis.
2. Position the shipping box with the arrows pointing up.
3. Use the box cutter to slice the nylon straps that secure the shipping box to the pallet.
4. Lift the shipping box off the chassis.
 155

5. Remove the cardboard accessory box.

6. Remove the foam padding from the top of the box.
7. Remove the plastic cover from the router chassis.
8. Use a mechanical lift to lift the chassis from the shipping pallet. Otherwise, unload all of the
components, except the fan tray controller, and manually lift the chassis from the shipping pallet.
See Figure 41 on page 155 and "Mount the Juniper Networks MX10004 Router Using the
JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-Mount Kit" on page 165.

Figure 41: Lift the Chassis Off the Pallet

NOTE: The chassis has two handles that are designed for subtle positioning of the chassis.
Do not lift the chassis by the handles.

9. Unpack the accessory box and lay out the contents so that they are ready for use.
10. Verify that your order includes all appropriate parts. See "Compare the MX10004 Router Order to
the Packing List" on page 157 and "MX10004 Components and Configurations" on page 23 for
information about base configurations and redundant configurations.
11. Save the shipping box and packing materials to move or ship the router at a later time.
 156

Unpack Line Cards, Routing Control Boards, and Switch Fabric Boards for
the MX10004 Router

Before you unpack a component of the Juniper Networks MX10004 router:

• Ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)
damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316.

• Ensure that you know how to handle and to store the component. See:

• "Handle a Routing and Control Board Properly" on page 242 and "Store a Routing and Control
Board in an Electrostatic Bag" on page 243.

• "Handle and Store MX10004 Line Cards Properly" on page 248 .

Line cards, additional Routing Control Board (RCBs), and Switch Fabric Borad (SFBs) are field-replaceable
units (FRUs) that are shipped separately from the router chassis. The housings for the RCBs and line
cards are rigid sheet-metal structures that house the electronics. SFBs have an exposed printed circuit
board (PCB) on one side and sheet metal on the other. All these components are shipped in a cardboard
carton, secured with packing material.

CAUTION: The components are well protected inside the shipping carton. Keep the
components secured inside their packaging until you are ready to install the
components in the router chassis.

To unpack an RCB, an SFB, or a line card:

1. Move the shipping carton to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible.
2. Position the carton so that the arrows are pointing up.
3. Open the top flaps on the shipping carton.
4. Pull out the packing material that holds the component in place.
5. Remove the component from the antistatic bag.
6. Save the shipping carton and packing materials to move or ship the RCB, SFB, or line cards later.
 157

Figure 42: Unpack a Line Card

1— Foam packing material 2— Paper packaging and antistatic bag

Compare the MX10004 Router Order to the Packing List

The Juniper Networks MX10004 router chassis shipment includes a packing list. Check the parts you
receive in the shipping crate against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part
number and description of each part in your order.

If any part on the packing list is missing, contact your customer service representative, or contact
Juniper Networks Customer Care from within the USA or Canada by telephone at 1-888-314-5822. For
international-dial or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see https://
www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html.

Items that ship separately from the chassis are:

• Line cards.

• Chassis front door kit (JNP10004-FRNT-PNL) or JNP10004-FRPNL1 with air filter.

NOTE: The kit is a spare part and can ship with the chassis or separately.

• Cable management kit (JLC-CBL-MGMT-KIT).

To compare the sales order and packing list against the contents of the chassis shipping crate:

1. Determine the configuration. See "MX10004 Components and Configurations" on page 23. The parts
shipped depend on the configuration you order.
2. Compare the packing list accompanying the chassis with the configuration order:
 158

• For MX10004-BASE configuration orders, see Table 52 on page 158.

• For MX10004-3F-BASE configuration orders, see Table 53 on page 159.

• For MX10004-PREMIUM configuration orders, see Table 54 on page 160.

• For MX10004-4F-PREM configuration orders, see Table 55 on page 161.

Table 52: MX10004-BASE Configuration Order

Component MX10004 Quantity

Chassis, including power bus (JNP10004-CHAS) 1

Routing Control Board (RCB) (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, or JNP10K-RE1-128) 1

RCB cover (JNP10K-RE-BLNK) 1

Fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2) 2

Fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2) 2

Power supplies: 2

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2

Power supply blank cover panel (JNP10K-PWR-BLNK) 1

Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (JNP10004-SF2) 5

SFB cover (JNP10004-SF-BLNK) 1

Line card blank cover panel (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) 4

Accessory kit (see Table 56 on page 162) 1

 159

Table 52: MX10004-BASE Configuration Order (Continued)

Component MX10004 Quantity

Rack-mount kit (see Table 57 on page 164) 1

Front panel kit (see Table 58 on page 164 or Table 59 on page 164) 1

Documentation Roadmap Card 1

Table 53: MX10004-3F-BASE Configuration Order

Component MX10004 Quantity

Chassis, including power bus (JNP10004-CHAS) 1

Routing Control Board (RCB) (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, or JNP10K-RE1-128) 1

RCB cover (JNP10K-RE-BLNK) 1

Fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2) 2

Fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2) 2

Power supplies: 2

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2

Power supply blank cover panel (JNP10K-PWR-BLNK) 1

Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (JNP10004-SF2) 3

 160

Table 53: MX10004-3F-BASE Configuration Order (Continued)

Component MX10004 Quantity

SFB cover (JNP10004-SF-BLNK) 3

Line card blank cover panel (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) 4

Accessory kit (see Table 56 on page 162) 1

Rack-mount kit (see Table 57 on page 164) 1

Front panel kit (see Table 58 on page 164 or Table 59 on page 164) 1

Documentation Roadmap Card 1

Table 54: MX10004-PREMIUM Configuration Order

Component MX10004 Quantity

Chassis, including power bus (JNP10004-CHAS) 1

Routing Control Board (RCB) (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, or JNP10K-RE1-128) 2

Fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2) 2

Fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2) 2

Power supplies: 3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2
 161

Table 54: MX10004-PREMIUM Configuration Order (Continued)

Component MX10004 Quantity

Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (JNP10004-SF2) 6

Line card blank cover panel (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) 4

Accessory kit (see Table 56 on page 162) 1

Rack-mount kit (see Table 57 on page 164) 1

Front panel kit (see Table 58 on page 164 or Table 59 on page 164) 1

Documentation Roadmap Card 1

Table 55: MX10004-4F-PREM Configuration Order

Component MX10004 Quantity

Chassis, including power bus (JNP10004-CHAS) 1

Routing Control Board (RCB) (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, or JNP10K-RE1-128) 2

Fan tray controllers (JNP10004-FTC2) 2

Fan trays (JNP10004-FAN2) 2

Power supplies: 3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC3

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2
 162

Table 55: MX10004-4F-PREM Configuration Order (Continued)

Component MX10004 Quantity

Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (JNP10004-SF2) 4

SFB cover (JNP10004-SF-BLNK) 2

Line card blank cover panel (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) 4

Accessory kit (see Table 56 on page 162) 1

Rack-mount kit (see Table 57 on page 164) 1

Front panel kit (see Table 58 on page 164 or Table 59 on page 164) 1

Documentation Roadmap Card 1

3. Compare the contents of the accessory kit with Table 56 on page 162.
Table 56: MX10004 Accessory Kit

Component Quantity

AC Configurations DC Configurations

Warranty card 1 1

End User License Agreement (EULA) 1 1

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap with cable 1 1

 163

Table 56: MX10004 Accessory Kit (Continued)

Component Quantity

AC Configurations DC Configurations

Media kit (flash drives and PCMCIA card adapter) 1 1

Chassis ground lug (2-hole, 10-32, 6 AWG) 1 1

Power cord retainer clips 6 –

DC terminal lugs (2-hole, 10-32, 4 AWG) – PREMIUM

configurations = 24

BASE configurations
= 16

Antistatic bags 4 4

NOTE: We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device package, or if
you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-Bit)
Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/drivers/vcp-
drivers/ to download the driver.

4. Compare the contents of the rack-mount kit with Table 57 on page 164.
 164

Table 57: MX10004 Rack-Mount Kit

Component Quantity

Mounting tray 1

Mounting blades 2

Safety restraint 1

Phillips flat-head screws (8-32 x .375 in.) 12

5. Compare the contents of the ESD front door kit with Table 58 on page 164 or Table 59 on page 164.
Table 58: JNP10004-FRNT-PNL Front Door Kit

Component Quantity

Front door 1

Table 59: JNP10004-FRPNL1 Front Door Kit with Air Filter

Component Quantity

Front door with air filter 1

Line-card handle extensions 8

Cable tray 4

Cable seals 3
 165

Register Products—Mandatory to Validate SLAs

Register all new Juniper Networks hardware products and changes to an existing installed product using
the Juniper Networks website to activate your hardware replacement service-level agreements (SLAs).

CAUTION: Register product serial numbers on the Juniper Networks website. Update
the installation base data if any addition or change to the installation base occurs or if
the installation base is moved. Juniper Networks is not responsible for not meeting the
hardware replacement SLA for products that do not have registered serial numbers or
accurate installation base data.
Register your product(s) at https://tools.juniper.net/svcreg/SRegSerialNum.jsp.
Update your installation base at https://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/management/
updateinstallbase.jsp.

Mount the Juniper Networks MX10004 Router

Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-Mount Kit

You can mount a Juniper Networks MX10004 router in a four-post closed-frame rack or a four-post
open-frame rack by using a rack-mount kit. The rack-mount kit (part number JNP10004-RMK-4POST)
ships with the router by default. This topic explains how to mount the router.

The router chassis weighs approximately 123 lb (56 kg) with only the fan tray controllers installed.

You can mount an MX10004 manually or by using a mechanical lift. Because of the router's size and
weight, we strongly recommend that you use a mechanical lift to mount the MX10004.

If you are mounting the router by using a lift, ensure that you have a mechanical lift rated for 250 lbs
(113.4 kg).

If you are mounting the router manually, ensure that at least three people are available to lift the chassis
together.

Before you mount the MX10004 router:

• Prepare the site for installation as described in "MX10004 Site Preparation Checklist" on page 121.

• Unpack the router as described in "Compare the MX10004 Router Order to the Packing List" on page
157.

• Review the chassis lifting guidelines in "Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines" on page 300.
 166

Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• Twenty eight rack-mount screws appropriate for your rack to secure the mounting blades, mounting
tray, chassis, and safety restraint to the rack (not provided)

• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1, 2, or 3, depending on the size of your rack-mount screws (not
provided)

The rack-mount kit consists of the following components:

• One mounting tray

• Two mounting blades

• One safety restraint

• 12 Phillips 8-32 x .375 flat-head screws

CAUTION: Mount the chassis securely, and then install line cards and other
components in the secured chassis.

CAUTION: Before mounting the router on a rack or cabinet, have a qualified technician
verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately
supported at the installation site.

CAUTION: If you are mounting multiple units on a rack, plan to mount the first router at
the bottom of the rack. Mount the heaviest unit at the bottom of the rack. Mount the
other units from the bottom of the rack to the top in decreasing order of weight:
heaviest unit on the bottom, lightest unit at the top.

To mount the router:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist, and connect the
other end to a site ESD point.
2. Attach the mounting blades to the front rack posts by using six rack mount screws appropriate for
your rack and a screwdriver (see Figure 43 on page 167).
 167

Figure 43: Attach the Mounting Blades

3. From the rear of the rack, slide the mounting tray into the rear posts of the rack such that the
mounting blades slide into the grooves on the mounting tray. Attach the tray to the rear rack posts
by using eight rack-mount screws appropriate for your rack (see Figure 44 on page 167).

Figure 44: Attach the Mounting Tray

4. Check that the mounting tray is level.

5. Attach the mounting blades to the tray with the 12 Phillips 8-32 x .375 in. flat-head screws (see
Figure 45 on page 168).
 168

Figure 45: Attach the Mounting Blades to the Mounting Tray

6. Mount the router into the rack.

If you are mounting the router by using a mechanical lift:

a. Load the router onto the lift, making sure that it rests securely on the lift platform (see Figure 46
on page 169).
 169

Figure 46: Load the MX10004 onto a Mechanical Lift

b. Using the lift, align the router in front of the rack, centering it in front of the mounting tray.

c. Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. (1.9 cm) above the surface of the mounting tray. Align the
chassis as close as possible to the mounting tray.

If you are mounting the router manually:

a. Align the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the mounting tray. Use a
pallet jack if one is available.

WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not
your back. Do not twist your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure
that your footing is firm.

CAUTION: If you are mounting more than one router, mount the first one at the
bottom of the rack. Do not attempt to mount a router manually in an upper
position in a rack.
 170

NOTE: The chassis has two handles that are designed for subtle positioning of the
chassis. Do not lift the chassis by the handles.

b. With one person on each side and one person in the rear, hold the bottom of the chassis and
carefully lift it onto the mounting tray (see Figure 47 on page 170).

Figure 47: Lift the MX10004 Manually

7. Carefully slide the chassis onto the mounting tray until the chassis flanges contact the rack rails.
The mounting blades ensure that the holes in the chassis flanges line up with the holes in the rack
rails.
8. Starting at the bottom, attach the chassis to the rack by inserting eight rack mount screws through
each open flange hole and rack hole (see Figure 48 on page 171).
 171

Figure 48: Attach the Chassis to the Rack

9. If you used a lift to mount the router, move the lift away from the rack.
10. Check the alignment of the router. The mounting screws on each side of the rack should line up,
and the router should be level. Tighten the screws.
11. Insert the safety restraint between the rear posts of the rack. It should rest on the top of the
chassis and align with the holes in the rack.
12. Attach the restraint to the rack by inserting six mounting screws through each open flange hole and
rack hole (see Figure 49 on page 171). Tighten the screws.

Figure 49: Attach the Safety Restraint

 172

Install the Front Door on an MX10004 Router

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

The front door (JNP10004-FRPNL1 or JNP10004- Install the Front Door With Air Filter | 172
FRNT-PNL) on the Juniper Networks MX10004 Install the Front Door Without Air
router protects the fiber-optic cabling and protects Filter | 175
the router from electromagnetic interference (EMI).
Maintain the Air Filter | 177

Front door is required on the MX10004 router to protect the fiber-optic cabling and to provide
additional protection from electromagnetic interference (EMI). You can install the front door with or
without the optional cable management system.

The MX10004 supports two types of front doors:

1. Front door with air filter—JNP10004-FRPNL1

2. Front door without air filter—JNP10004-FRNT-PNL

Install the Front Door With Air Filter

Before you install the front door with the air filter, ensure that you have the following tools and parts
available:

• Front door with air filter—JNP10004-FRPNL1 (provided)

• Three cable seals—Two seals for the right side and one for the left side (provided)

• Cable management system (optional and provided)

• A Phillips(+) screwdriver, number 2 (not provided)

• An Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

 173

Figure 50: JNP10004-FRPNL1 Components

1— Front door with air filter frame 3— Right cable seal

2— Routing Control Board (RCB) cable seal 4— Left cable seal

The JNP10004-FRPNL1 EMI front door has an air filter. We recommend that you replace the air filter
every six months. The order number for a spare filter is JNP10004-FLTR.

To install the front door with air filter:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to the ESD point on the front of the chassis.

Figure 51: ESD Point on the Front of the Chassis

2. Install the cable management system. See Install the Cable Management System—JLC-CBL-MGMT-
KIT. You can install the front door with or without the optional cable management system.
 174

CAUTION: You must have the extended ejector handles of the cable management
system installed to remove or install the line cards if you use the front door with an air
filter.

3. Install the cable seals.

a. Remove the top right mounting screw next to the Routing and Control Board (RCB) with the
Phillips screwdriver. The mounting screws attach the chassis flanges to the four-post rack.

b. Line up the top hole of the RCB cable seal over the mounting hole in the flange and align the
second hole over the ESD grounding point. Fasten the seal and flange to the rack using the
Phillips screwdriver to tighten the mounting screw.

c. Loosen the mounting screws next to the line card along one side of the chassis.

d. Position the keyhole slots of one of the long cable seals over the mounting screws. The long cable
seals are not interchangeable; there is a right seal and a left seal. Install the seals so that the
keyhole slots are on the inside, next to the line card.

Figure 52: Install the Cable Seals

e. Slide the keyhole slot down behind the mounting screws and align the cable seal with the chassis.
Tighten the mounting screw with a Phillips screwdriver.

f. Repeat Step 3.c through Step 3.e for the remaining cable seal.
4. Install optics and attach the front door.
 175

a. Insert all optics and thread the cables through the cable seals.

b. Lift the front door, and align the captive screws in the door with holes in the chassis flange below
the cable seals. Fasten the door to the chassis and rack, and hand tighten.

Figure 53: Install the Front Door

Install the Front Door Without Air Filter

Before you install the front door, ensure that you have the following tools and parts available:

• Front door—JNP10004-FRNT-PNL (provided)

• An Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

 176

Figure 54: Front Door Without Air Filter

1— Front door

To install the front door without air filter.

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to the ESD point on the front of the chassis.

Figure 55: ESD Point on the Front of the Chassis

1— ESD Point

2. Insert all optics.

3. Lift the front door and align the captive screws in the door with holes in the chassis flange. Fasten
the door to the chassis and rack using the captive screws, and hand tighten.
 177

Figure 56: Attach Front Door Using the Captive Screws

Maintain the Air Filter

IN THIS SECTION

Remove the Air Filter from the JNP10004-FRPNL1 Front Door | 177

Install the Air Filter in the JNP10004-FRPNL1 Front Door | 178

Be sure you have the replaceable air filter (JNP10004-FLTR) before you begin.

We recommend that you replace the air filter every six months. The order number for a spare filter is
JNP10004-FLTR.

Remove the Air Filter from the JNP10004-FRPNL1 Front Door

1. Turn the knobs on both sides of the air filter frame counter-clockwise and flip the frame cover up to
uncover the top of the front door.

2. Grasp the air filter with both hands and lift the air filter out through the top of the front door.
 178

Figure 57: Lift the Air Filter Out of the Front Door

1— Air filter

Install the Air Filter in the JNP10004-FRPNL1 Front Door

1. Turn the knobs on the air filter frame counter-clockwise, and flip the frame cover up to uncover the
top of the front door.

CAUTION: Juniper Networks recommends installing the air filter to prevent harmful
debris from entering the chassis.

2. Hold the air filter with both hands and insert it through the top of the front door until it stops.
 179

Figure 58: Install the Air Filter

3. Flip the air filter frame down, over the front door, and turn the knobs on the air filter frame clockwise
to secure the frame over the air filter.
 180

Connect the MX10004 to Power

IN THIS SECTION

Connect the MX10004 Router to Earth Ground | 180

Connect AC Power to an MX10004 Router | 183

Connect DC Power to an MX10004 Router | 184

The Juniper Networks MX10004 routers support AC, DC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and
high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power supplies. To connect power to an MX10004 router, complete
the tasks in this section.

NOTE: Do not mix power supply models in the same chassis in a running environment.

Connect the MX10004 Router to Earth Ground

To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation,
you must connect the chassis to earth ground. Make this connection before you connect the router to
power.

You must install the Juniper Networks MX10004 router in a restricted-access location and ensure that
the chassis is always properly grounded.

The MX10004 has a two-hole protective grounding terminal provided on the chassis. See Figure 60 on
page 182. Under all circumstances, use this grounding connection to ground the chassis.

For AC-powered systems, you must also use the grounding wire in the AC power cord along with the
two-hole grounding lug connection. This tested system meets or exceeds all applicable EMC regulatory
requirements with the two-hole protective grounding terminal.

If an external ground connection is required, ensure that a licensed electrician has attached an
appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable you supply.
 181

WARNING: Using a grounding cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the
router.

NOTE: Mount your router in the rack before attaching the grounding lug to the router; see
"Mount the Juniper Networks MX10004 Router Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-Mount
Kit" on page 165.

Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• An electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap (provided).

• Protective earthing terminal lug (provided).

• Grounding cable for your MX10004 (not provided)—The grounding cable must be 4 AWG (21.1 mm²)
stranded wire and should be rated 75 °C or per local electrical code.

• Grounding lug for your grounding cable (provided)—This bracket attaches to the lower left corner of
the router chassis next to the bottom power supply, providing a protective earthing terminal for the
router. The grounding lug required is a Panduit LCD6-14A-L or equivalent.

• A number 3 Pozidriv or Phillips screwdriver (not provided) to tighten the two screws that are
mounted on the chassis.

The provided terminal lugs for the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 are Panduit LCD4-14A-L, or equivalent, and sized
for 4 AWG (21.1 mm2) power source cables. We recommend that you install heat-shrink tubing
insulation around the crimped section of the power cables and lugs.

An AC-powered MX10004 gets additional grounding when you plug the power supply in the router into
a grounded AC power outlet using an AC power cord appropriate for your geographical location. See
"MX10004 Power Cable Specifications" on page 66.

To connect the MX10004 router to earth ground:

1. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug (provided in the accessory kit) to the
grounding cable.
2. Connect the other end of the grounding cable to a proper earth ground, such as the rack in which the
router is mounted.
3. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. See Figure 59 on page 182.
 182

Figure 59: ESD Point for the MX10004

1— Grounding point

4. Remove the two M6 screws with attached washers on the chassis using either a Pozidriv or Phillips
screwdriver.
5. Place the chassis grounding lug and cable over the screw holes with the cable connection pointing to
the left. See Figure 60 on page 182.

Figure 60: Connect a Grounding Cable to the MX10004

6. Place the two screws with attached washers over the grounding lug and grounding cable.
 183

7. Tighten the two M-6 screws using a Pozidriv or Phillips screwdriver.

8. Secure the grounding cable and ensure that it doesn’t touch or block access to other device
components and that it doesn’t drape where people can trip over it.

Connect AC Power to an MX10004 Router

Before you begin to connect power to the Juniper Networks MX10004 router, review how to prevent
ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316.

After you ground the router, add power supplies, and apply power to the router, the system initiates the
power-on sequence. This sequence can start incrementally with a single power supply, but we do not
recommend that you bring up an MX10004 system with fewer than three power supplies.

To connect AC power to an MX10004 router:

1. Connect the router to earth ground (see "Connect the MX10004 Router to Earth Ground" on page
180).

CAUTION: To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to

ensure proper operation, ground the MX10004 properly before you connect it to
power.
For installations that require a separate grounding conductor to the router's chassis,
use the protective earthing terminal on the rear panel of the MX10004. Connect from
that terminal to the earth ground.

NOTE: An MX10004 router gets additional grounding when you plug the power supply in the
router into a grounded AC power outlet. Use the AC power cord appropriate for your
geographical location to make this connection. See "MX10004 Power Cable Specifications"
on page 66.

2. Install power supplies in the router and apply power. See "Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply"
on page 206 and "Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply" on page 194.
 184

Connect DC Power to an MX10004 Router

Before you begin to connect power to the Juniper Networks MX10004 router, review how to prevent
electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316.

The overall process of bringing up a DC-powered router involves the proper cabling of the individual
power supplies, adding the power supplies to the router, and supplying power. The power-on sequence
can start incrementally with a single power supply; however, we recommend that you use three or more
power supplies.

Each power supply input feed must be connected to a dedicated DC power source outlet.

To connect DC power to an MX10004 router:

1. Connect the router to earth ground (see "Connect the MX10004 Router to Earth Ground" on page
180).
2. To connect DC power to a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply, see "Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2
Power Supply" on page 212.
3. To connect HVDC power to a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply, see "Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2
Power Supply" on page 206.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 292

Grounded Equipment Warning | 304

Connect the MX10004 Router to External Devices

IN THIS SECTION

Connect an MX10004 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 185

Connect an MX10004 Router to a Management Console | 186

You can manage the Juniper Networks MX10004 router using the two management ports. You can also
manage it using the console port on the Routing and Control board (RCB) for out-of-band management.
 185

The topics in this section describe how to connect an MX10004 router to external management devices.

Connect an MX10004 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band

Management

Ensure that you have an appropriate cable available. See "Management Port Pinouts for the MX10004
Router" on page 148 and "Connect an MX10004 Router to a Management Console" on page 186.

You can monitor and manage an MX10004 router using a dedicated management channel. Each
MX10004 RCB has two management ports: a 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45 port for copper connections
and a 1-Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) small form-factor pluggable (SFP) port for fiber connections. Use the
management ports to connect the RCB to a network for out-of-band management.

NOTE: You must configure the management ports before you can successfully connect to the
MX10004 using the management ports. You cannot use the management ports to perform the
initial configuration of the MX10004. See "Perform the Initial Configuration for the MX10004
Router" on page 187.

To connect an MX10004 router to a network for out-of-band management:

1. Connect one end of the cable to one of the two management ports (labeled MGNT) on one of the
RCBs.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the management router.

Figure 61: Connect an MX10004 to a Network for Out-of-Band Management

 186

Connect an MX10004 Router to a Management Console

The MX10004 router has a console port with an RJ-45 connector. Use the console port to connect the
device to a management console or to a console server.

Before you begin, ensure that you have an RJ-45-to-DB-9 rollover cable available.

NOTE: If your laptop or PC does not have a DB-9 connector pin (plug) and you want to connect
your laptop or PC directly to the MX10004 router, use a combination: Use both the RJ-45 cable
and RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter and a USB-to-DB-9 plug adapter. You must provide the USB-to-
DB-9 plug adapter.

NOTE: We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device package, or if
you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-Bit)
Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/drivers/vcp-
drivers/ to download the driver.

To connect the MX10004 router to a management console:

1. Connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the console port (labeled CON).
2. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the console server (see Figure 62 on page 186) or
management console (see Figure 63 on page 187).

Figure 62: Connect the MX10004 Router to a Management Console Through a Console Server
 187

Figure 63: Connect the MX10004 Router Directly to a Management Console

Perform the Initial Configuration for the MX10004

Router

Before you begin configuring the router:

• Ensure that the Routing Control Board (RCB) has the Junos OS Release 22.3R1 or later operating
system installed.

• If you want to use an RCB that has Junos OS release prior to 22.3R1 or if the show version command
displays the router model as mx10016-olive, you must use the USB install method (not the CLI method)
to upgrade the Junos OS release on the RCB to 22.3R1 or later.

You must perform the initial configuration of an MX10004 router through the console port using the
command-line interface (CLI).

To connect and configure the router from the console:

1. Connect the console port to a laptop or PC using the RJ-45 cable and RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter. The
console (CON) port is located on the Routing and Control Board of the router.
2. Verify that your laptop or PC has the following default values:

• Baud Rate—9600

• Flow Control—None

• Data—8

• Parity—None

• Stop Bits—1

• DCD State—Disregard
 188

3. Log in as root. There is no password. If the software boots before you connect to the console port,
you might need to press the Enter key for the prompt to appear.

login: root

4. Start the CLI.

root@% cli

5. Enter configuration mode.

root> configure

6. Add a password to the root administration user account.

[edit]
root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password

NOTE: Optionally, instead of configuring the root password at the [edit system] hierarchy
level, you can use a configuration group to strengthen security.

7. (Optional) Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in
quotation marks (“ ”).
You can configure the router name at the [edit system] hierarchy level.

[edit]
root@# set system host-name host-name

If your MX10004 router has two RCBs, it is recommended you use a configuration group. You can
use group-name as re0 or re1.

[edit]
root@# set groups group-name system host-name host-name
 189

For Example:

[edit]
root@# set groups re0 system host-name alpha-router0

[edit]
root@# set groups re1 system host-name alpha-router1

8. Configure the default gateway.

[edit]
root@# set routing-options static route default next-hop address

9. Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router management interface.

[edit]
root@# set interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

NOTE: The management port, em0 (MGMT for RJ-45 connections) is found on the front of
the RCBs of the MX10004 router.

If your MX10004 router has two RCBs, you can configure each RCB with a separate IP address for
the management Ethernet interface.

You can use group-name as re0 or re1.

[edit]
root@# set groups group-name interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

For Example:

[edit]
root@# set groups re0 interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
 190

[edit]
root@# set groups re1 interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

10. (Optional) Configure the static routes to remote prefixes with access to the management port.

[edit]
root@# set routing-options static route remote-prefix next-hop destination-ip retain no-readvertise

For example:

[edit]
root@# set routing-options static route 192.168.0.0/24 next-hop 10.0.3.2 retain no-readvertise

11. (Optional) Enable Telnet service.

[edit]
root@# set system services telnet

NOTE: When Telnet is enabled, you cannot log in to an MX10004 through Telnet using root
credentials. Root login is allowed only for SSH access.

12. (Optional) If you used one or more configuration groups, apply the configuration groups,
substituting the appropriate group name.

[edit]
root@# set apply-groups group name

For example:

[edit]
root@# set apply-groups global

global is a group where user log in details, routes, and other information is stored.
 191

[edit]
root@# set apply-groups re0

[edit]
root@# set apply-groups re1

13. Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.

[edit]
root@# commit
5 CHAPTER

Maintaining Components

MX10004 Power System Maintenance | 193

MX10004 Cooling System Maintenance | 221

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board Maintenance | 230

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Maintenance | 242

MX10004 Line Card Maintenance | 248

MX10004 Transceiver and Fiber Optic Cable Installation and Removal | 260

Remove an MX10004 Router | 266

 193

MX10004 Power System Maintenance

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

Maintaining a Juniper Networks MX10004 router Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power

includes replacing power supplies. Replacing includes Supply | 194
removing a failed power supply and installing a Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power
functional power supply. Supply | 202

Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power

Supply | 206

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power

Supply | 209

Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power

Supply | 212

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power

Supply | 219

The MX10004 routers support AC, DC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and high-voltage direct
current (HVDC) power supplies. All power supply models are hot-insertable and hot-removeable field-
replaceable units (FRUs). You can install up to three power supplies in the rear of the chassis in the slots
provided along the left side.

The following topics describe how to install and remove the power supplies in an MX10004.

CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix power supply
models in the same chassis.

NOTE: See the heat symbol

. Wear heat-resistant hand gloves while accessing the fan tray and power supply.
 194

Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix power supply
models in a production chassis. The only time you are allowed to have two models
concurrently running in a system is when you are in the process of swapping out all
JNP10K-PWR-AC power supplies with all JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supplies.

WARNING: Protect yourself from severe burns by wearing heat-protective gloves when
removing a running JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from the chassis. The power
supply can reach temperatures between 158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C) under
running conditions.

Before you install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply in the chassis:

• Ensure that you have followed all safety warnings and cautions.

• Ensure that you understand how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge
Damage" on page 316.

• If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position. Ensure that you
have the following parts and tools available to install the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1

• Power cables appropriate for your geographical location (for low-voltage installations) or input
amperage (for high-voltage installations). See No Link Title.

To install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply in a MX10004:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the
protective earthing terminal and below PSU 2 on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 64 on page
195).
 195

Figure 64: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10004

1— ESD point

2. Taking care not to touch power supply connections; remove the power supply from its bag.
3. Ensure that the power switch is set to the standby (O) position. This switch turns off the output
voltage; it doesn’t interrupt input power.
4. Unscrew the captive screw in the counterclockwise direction by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 1.
5. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.

NOTE: You can install the power supplies in any slot labeled PSU 0 through PSU 2 (top to
bottom) on a PTX10004.

6. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the system. Slide
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. Ensure
that the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power supply
covers (see "Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply" on page 194).
 196

Figure 65: Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3

7. Push the captive screw into the power supply faceplate. Ensure that the screw is seated inside the
corresponding hole on the faceplate.
8. Tighten the captive screw by turning it clockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1.
When the screw is completely tight, the latch locks into the router chassis.
9. Attach each power cable to a dedicated power source (A0, B0, A1, and B1). The JNP10K-PWR-AC3
only requires that each power supply be connected to a separate source.

a. When installing the right angle power cords, the left column of inputs (A0 and B0) should be
connected first. After connecting the A0 and/or B0 inputs, secure the plugs using the retainer
(SKU#540-175625) for the A0 plug and retainer (SKU#540-175626) for the B0 plug. The
retainers are attached to the PSU faceplate with a single captive fastener using a #1 Philips
screws drive. See Figure 66 on page 197.
 197

Figure 66: Plug Retainers for A0 and B0 Inputs

b. Next connect the right column of inputs (A1 and B1). After connecting the A1 and/or B1 inputs,
secure the plugs using the retainers (SKU#540-175627). The right column plug retainer is
attached to the PSU faceplate with two captive screws using a #1 Philips screwdriver. See
Figure 67 on page 197.

Figure 67: Plug Retainers for A1 and B1 Inputs

a. If you want to use straight power cords, you may connect the straight power cords in any order.
After connecting the straight power cords, secure the plugs with the retainer
(SKU#540-175624). The retainer is attached to the PSU faceplate with three captive fasteners
using a #1 Philips screw driver. See Figure 68 on page 198
 198

Figure 68: Connecting Straight Power Cords

NOTE: Installing baffle is optional, and only to be used when you want to redirect the air
flow from the left side of the PSU to the rear of the router. This ensures NEBs compliance.
The baffle should be installed before the power supply is inserted int the router. See Figure
69 on page 198

Figure 69: Installing Baffle in JNPR10K-PWR-AC3

10. For each power cable, insert the end of the cable with C21 connector into the JNP10K-PWR-AC3
power supply. Use the retainers to keep the power cord in its place in the power supply. See Figure
70 on page 199
 199

Figure 70: Installing a JNPR10K-PWR-AC3 using RA Power Cords with Baffle

WARNING: Ensure that the power cords do not block access to router components
or drape where people can trip on them.

11. If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the On (|) position.
12. Set the five DIP switches to set the inputs and whether the power supply is running at 3000 W,
6000 W, or 7800 W. See Table 60 on page 199.
Table 60: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

INP-A0 INP-A1 INP-B0 INP-B1 Switch 4 (High Input Output Power

(Switch 0) (Switch 1) (Switch 2) (Switch 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

15-A

Off Off Off On Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off Off On Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

 200

Table 60: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply (Continued)

INP-A0 INP-A1 INP-B0 INP-B1 Switch 4 (High Input Output Power

(Switch 0) (Switch 1) (Switch 2) (Switch 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

Off Off On On Off (15 A) 5000 W

Off On Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

Off On Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W

Off On On On Off (15 A) 7500 W

Off On On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

On Off Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

On Off Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W

On Off On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

On Off On On Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On Off Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

On On Off On Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On On Off Off (15 A) 7500 W

On On On On Off (15 A) 7800 W

20-A

Off Off Off On On (20 A) 3000 W

 201

Table 60: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply (Continued)

INP-A0 INP-A1 INP-B0 INP-B1 Switch 4 (High Input Output Power

(Switch 0) (Switch 1) (Switch 2) (Switch 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)

Off Off On Off On (20 A) 3000 W

Off Off On On On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W

Off On Off On On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On On Off On (20 A) 6000 W

Off On On On On (20 A) 7800 W

On Off Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W

On Off Off On On (20 A) 6000 W

On Off On Off On (20 A) 6000 W

On Off On On On (20 A) 7800 W

On On Off Off On (20 A) 6000 W

On On Off On On (20 A) 7800 W

On On On Off On (20 A) 7800 W

On On On On On (20 A) 7800 W

13. If the AC power source outlet has a power switch, turn it off before plugging in the AC power cord
to the power outlet.
 202

14. Verify that the INP A0, INP A1, INP B0, and INP B1 LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit and
are On steadily.
15. Press the power switch to the On (|) position.

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

Before you remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from the chassis:

• Ensure that you understand how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge
Damage" on page 316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• Heat-protective gloves able to withstand temperatures of 158°F (70°C)

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1

• Replacement power supply or a cover for the power supply slot

WARNING: Protect yourself from severe burns by wearing heat-protective gloves when
removing a working JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from the chassis. These power
supplies can reach temperatures between 158°F and 176°F (70°C to 80°C) under
running conditions.

CAUTION: Before you remove a power supply, ensure that you have power supplies
sufficient to power the router left in the chassis. See "Power Requirements for
MX10004 Components" on page 129.

CAUTION: Do not leave the power supply slot empty for a long time while the router is
operational. Either replace the power supply promptly or install a ABPM or a cover over
the empty slot.

To remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from a MX10004 router:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the
protective earthing terminal and below PSU 2 on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 64 on page
195).
 203

Figure 71: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10004

1— ESD point

2. Flip the power (|) switch next to the appliance inlet on the power supply to the standby position
(O).
3. If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position.
4. Remove the retainers using a #1 Philips screw driver and detach the power cords from the PSU.
 204

Figure 72: Detach the Power Cords from JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply

5. Unscrew and remove the retainers, remove the power cord from the PSU, and disconnect the
IEC320-C21 connectors from each input on the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply faceplate.
6. Unscrew the captive screw counterclockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1. See
Figure 73 on page 205.

NOTE: Ensure that the ejector is fully open to avoid scratching the chassis.
 205

Figure 73: Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply from a MX10004

7. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.
8. Wear heat protective gloves before you remove the power supply from the chassis.

9. Taking care not to touch the power supply output connections, pins, leads, or solder connections,
place one gloved-hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with
your other hand and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not bump the output connections. If the connection hits a solid
object, it could damage the power supply.

10. Place the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply on an antistatic surface to completely cool before
placing the power supply in an antistatic bag for storage.
11. Install the replacement JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply.
 206

CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix power supply
models in a production chassis.

Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix AC and DC
power supplies in a production chassis.

WARNING: Protect yourself from severe burns by wearing heat-protective gloves when
removing a running JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from the chassis. The power
supply can reach temperatures from 158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C) under running
conditions.

Before you install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in the chassis:

• Ensure that you have followed all safety warnings and cautions.

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• If the AC or DC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position.

• Have a qualified electrician install the HVAC and HVDC connectors and lugs.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power
supply:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1

• Power cables appropriate for your geographical location (for low-voltage installations) or input
amperage (for high-voltage installations). See "MX10004 Power Cable Specifications" on page 66.

To install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in an MX10004:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. An ESD point is located next to the protective
earthing terminal and below PSU2 on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 74 on page 207).
 207

Figure 74: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10004

1— ESD point

2. Taking care not to touch power supply connections, remove the power supply from its bag.
3. Peel back and remove the protective plastic wrap that covers all four sides of the power supply.
4. Ensure that the power switch is set to the standby (O) position. This switch turns off the output
voltage; it doesn’t interrupt input power.
5. Unscrew the captive screw in the counterclockwise direction by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 1.
6. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.

NOTE: You can install the power supplies in any slot labeled PSU 0 through PSU 2 (top to
bottom) on an MX10004.

7. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the system. Slide
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. Ensure
that the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power supply
covers (see Figure 75 on page 208).
 208

Figure 75: Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2

8. Push the captive screw into the power supply faceplate. Ensure that the screw is seated inside the
corresponding hole on the faceplate.
9. Tighten the captive screw by turning it clockwise with the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1. When
the screw is completely tight, the latch locks into the router chassis.
10. Attach each power cable to a dedicated power source (A and B). The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 only
requires that each power supply be connected to a separate source.
11. For each power cable, insert the end of the cable with the Anderson connector into the JNP10K-
PWR-AC2 power supply. The connector snaps and locks the cable into position.

WARNING: Ensure that the power cords do not block access to router components
or drape where people can trip on them.

12. If the AC or DC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the on (|) position.
13. Set the three DIP switches to set the inputs and whether the power supply is running at 3000 W,
5000 W, or 5500 W. See Table 61 on page 209.
Set both switch 1 and switch 2 to the on position when using both power source inputs; power is
shared. When not using source redundancy, set the unused source to the off (O) position. The LED
turns red and indicates an error if a source input is not in use and the DIP switch is on (|).
 209

Table 61: Set the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 DIP Switches

Switch State Description

1 On INP0 is present.

Off INP0 is not present.

2 On INP1 is present.

Off INP1 is not present.

3 On Enabled for 30-A feed; 5000 W is for a single feed, and 5500 W is for
dual feeds.

Off Enabled for 20-A feed; power supply capacity is 3000 W.

14. If the AC power source outlet has a power switch, turn it off before plugging in the AC power cord
to the power outlet.
15. Verify that the INP1 and INP2 LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit and are on steadily.
16. Press the power switch to the on (|) position.

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

Before you remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from the chassis:

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• Heat-protective gloves able to withstand temperatures of 158° F (70° C)

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1

• Replacement power supply or a cover for the power supply slot

 210

WARNING: Protect yourself from severe burns by wearing heat-protective gloves when
removing a working JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from the chassis. These power
supplies can reach temperatures from 158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C) under running
conditions.

CAUTION: Before you remove a power supply, ensure that you have power supplies
sufficient to power the router left in the chassis. See "Power Requirements for
MX10004 Components" on page 129.

CAUTION: Do not leave the power supply slot empty for a long time while the router is
operational. Either replace the power supply promptly or install a cover over the empty
slot.

To remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from an MX10004 router:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. An ESD point is located next to the protective
earthing terminal and below PSU 2 on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 74 on page 207).
2. Flip the power (|) switch next to the appliance inlet on the power supply to the standby position
(O).
3. If the AC or DC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position.
4. Disconnect the Anderson connectors from each input on the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply
faceplate.
5. Unscrew the captive screw counterclockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1. See
Figure 76 on page 211.

NOTE: To avoid scratching the chassis, ensure that the ejector is fully open.
 211

Figure 76: Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply from an MX10004

6. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.
7. Wear heat-protective gloves before you remove the power supply from the chassis.

8. Taking care not to touch the power supply output connections, pins, leads, or solder connections,
place one gloved hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with
your other hand and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not bump the output connections. If the connection hits a solid
object, it could damage the power supply.

9. Place the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply on an antistatic surface for it to cool down before
placing the power supply in an antistatic bag for storage.
10. Install the replacement JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply.

CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix AC and DC
power supplies in a production chassis.
 212

Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

Before you install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply in the chassis:

• Ensure that you follow all safety warnings and cautions.

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed

from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the
panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off (O)
position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.

WARNING: Protect yourself from severe burns by wearing heat-protective gloves

when removing a working JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply from the chassis.
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies can reach temperatures from 158° F to 176° F
(70° C to 80° C) under running conditions.

CAUTION: Before you connect power to the router, a licensed electrician must attach
a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an
incorrectly attached lug can damage the router (for example, by causing a short circuit).

CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix AC and DC
power supplies in a production chassis.

CAUTION: To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to

ensure proper operation, you must connect the MX10004 routers to earth ground
before you connect them to power. For installations that require a separate grounding
conductor to the chassis, use the protective earthing terminal on the router chassis to
connect to earth ground. For instructions on connecting an MX10004 router to ground
using a separate grounding conductor, see "Connect the MX10004 Router to Earth
Ground" on page 180.
 213

NOTE: The battery returns of the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply must be connected as an
isolated DC return (DC-I).

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a DC power supply:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• High-current cable assembly CBL-PWR2-BARE (not provided) with the cable lugs (provided)
attached and with heat-shrink tubing insulation around the crimped section of the power cables
and lugs

The provided terminal lugs for the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 (Panduit LCD4-14A-L, or equivalent) and
sized for 4 AWG (21.1 mm2) power source cables

Power source cables as 4 AWG (21.1 mm²) stranded wire that is rated 75° C or per local electrical
code

• 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or socket wrench

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• Multimeter

To install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply in an MX10004:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. An ESD point is located next to the protective
earthing terminal and below PSU 5 on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 74 on page 207).
2. Taking care not to touch power supply components, pins, leads, or solder connections, remove the
power supply from its bag.
3. Peel back and remove the protective plastic wrap that covers all four sides of the power supply.
4. Ensure that the power switch is set to the standby (O) position. This switch turns off the output
voltage; it doesn’t interrupt DC.
5. Remove the plastic cable cover from the power input terminals by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 2, to loosen the screws (see Figure 77 on page 214).
 214

Figure 77: Remove the Plastic Cable Cover on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

6. Remove the nuts from each DC power input terminal, using the 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or
socket wrench.
7. Ensure that the power source circuit breaker is open so that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V. Also ensure that the cable leads don’t become active while you connect
DC power.
8. Verify that the DC power cables are labeled correctly before making connections to the power
supply. In a typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground at
the battery plant, you can use a multimeter to verify the resistance of the –48 V and RTN DC
cables to chassis ground:

• The cable with very high resistance (indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground is negative (–)
and will be installed on the –48 V (input) DC power input terminal.

• The cable with very low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground is positive (+)
and will be installed on the RTN (return) DC power input terminal.

The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply is the equivalent of two power supplies in a single housing.
Each JNP10K-PWR-DC2 has four independent sets of DC power input terminals:

• INPUT A0: : RTN –48 V/–60 V

 215

• INPUT B0: : RTN –48 V/–60 V

• INPUT A1: : RTN –48 V/–60 V

• INPUT B1: : RTN –48 V/–60 V

We recommend source redundancy (source A and source B) to all inputs to ensure reliability of the
system. If two power sources are not available, then use two feeds from the same source to provide
power distribution reliability. Two feeds mean two independent power distribution routes from the
source to the system. See Figure 78 on page 215.

Figure 78: JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Input Terminal Marking

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity.
The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity.
There is no standard color coding for DC power cables.

9. Install each power cable lug on the relevant DC power input terminal, securing each cable lug with
the nut (see Figure 79 on page 216). Apply between 24 lb-in. (2.7 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of
torque to each nut. (Use the 13/32 in. [10 mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)

a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) DC power input
terminal.
 216

b. Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48 V (input) DC power input
terminal.

Figure 79: Connect the DC Power Source Cables to a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

10. Install the plastic cable cover over each set of power cables and tighten the screws by using the
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
11. Unscrew the captive screw in the counterclockwise direction by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 1.
12. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.
13. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the router. Slide
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. (See
Figure 80 on page 217).
14. Push the captive screw into the power supply faceplate. Ensure that the screw is seated inside the
corresponding hole on the faceplate.
15. Tighten the captive screw by turning it clockwise with the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1. When
the screw is completely tight, the latch locks into the router chassis.
 217

Figure 80: Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 in an MX10004

16. Route INP1 cables to a power source and INP2 to another power source. The JNP10K-PWR-DC2
shares power, so if power dips on one input, the power supply is able to load balance internally.

WARNING: Ensure that the power cords do not block access to router components
or drape where people can trip on them.

17. Set the three DIP switches to indicate the number of input sources and to indicate high or low
power. See Table 62 on page 217 and Figure 81 on page 218.
Set both enable switches to the on position when using both source inputs. When not using source
redundancy, set the unused source to the off position. The LED turns red and indicates an error if a
source input is not in use and the enable switch is on.

Table 62: Set the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 DIP Switches

Switch State Description

1 On IP0 is present.

Off IP0 is not present.

2 On IP1 is present.
 218

Table 62: Set the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 DIP Switches (Continued)

Switch State Description

Off IP1 is not present.

3 On Enabled for 80-A feed; 2750 W is for a single feed, and 5500 W is for
dual feeds.

Off Enabled for 60-A feed; 2200 W is for a single feed, and 4400 W is for
dual feeds.

Figure 81: Set the Enable Switches for the Power Source

1— DIP switches 2— Power switch: on (|) and standby (O)

18. Verify that the input 1 and 2 LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit and are on steadily.
19. Press the power switch to the on (|) position.
 219

Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply

Before you remove a DC power supply from the router:

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power
supply:

• Heat-protective gloves that can withstand temperatures from 158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C)

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, numbers 1 and 2

• 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or socket wrench

• Replacement power supply or a cover for the power supply slot

CAUTION: A working JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply can reach temperatures of

158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C) under running conditions. In order to avoid injury, do
not touch a running power supply with your bare hands.

CAUTION: Before you remove a power supply, ensure that you have power supplies
sufficient to power the router left in the chassis. See "MX10004 Power Planning" on
page 129 and "Power Requirements for MX10004 Components" on page 129.

CAUTION: Do not leave the power supply slot empty for a long time while the router is
operational. Either replace the power supply promptly or install a cover over the empty
slot.

To remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply from an MX10004 router:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. An ESD point is located next to the protective
earthing terminal and below PSU 5 on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 74 on page 207).
 220

2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V.
3. Ensure that the black power supply output switch, to the right of the captive screw, is set to the
standby position.
4. Unscrew the captive screw counterclockwise using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1. (See
Figure 82 on page 220 )

Figure 82: Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply on an MX10004

5. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.

NOTE: Ensure that the ejector is fully open to prevent damaging the chassis. See Figure 83
on page 221.
 221

Figure 83: Open Power Supply Ejector

6. Wear the heat-resistant gloves to protect your hands from the hot power supply.
7. Taking care not to touch power supply components, pins, leads, or solder connections, place one
gloved hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with your other
hand and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.
8. If you are not replacing the power supply, install the cover over the slot. To install the cover, insert
your thumb and forefinger into the finger holes of the cover, squeeze to retract the spring latches,
and place the cover in the slot. Do not run the chassis without a power supply or cover in place.
9. Unscrew the screw on the plastic cable cover that shields the input terminal studs. Turn the screw
counterclockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
10. Unscrew the nuts counterclockwise, using the 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or socket wrench, from
the input terminal studs.
11. Remove the cable lugs from the input terminal studs.

MX10004 Cooling System Maintenance

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

Maintaining the Juniper Networks MX10004 router Install an MX10004 Fan Tray | 222
includes removing and installing fan trays and the fan Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray | 224
tray controller.
 222

Install an MX10004 Fan Tray Controller | 226

Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray

Controller | 228

The MX10004 router has two independent, field-replaceable fan trays. The following topics describe
how to install or remove a fan tray and the fan tray controller.

Install an MX10004 Fan Tray

Before you begin to install a fan tray in a Juniper Networks MX10004 router:

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a fan tray in an MX10004
router:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• A Phillips (+) screwdriver (optional), number 1 or 2, for the captive screws

• A replacement fan tray

CAUTION: You can remove and replace one fan tray while the router is operating.
Replace the fan tray as soon as possible to prevent thermal alarms and to prevent the
chassis from overheating.

Each JNP10004-FAN2 fan tray is a hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU). You
can remove and replace the fan tray while the router is running without turning off power to the router
or disrupting routing functions.

Each fan tray is installed vertically on the rear, or FRU side, of the chassis.

To install an MX10004 fan tray:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis (see Figure 84 on page 223).
 223

Figure 84: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10004

1— ESD point

2. Grasp the top and bottom fan tray handles and align the fan tray so that it makes contact with the
side wall.
3. Push the fan tray into place until it is fully seated.
4. Tighten the captive screws with the Phillips screwdriver, or hand tighten until the screws are tight.
See Figure 85 on page 224.
 224

Figure 85: Install the JNP10004-FAN2 Fan Tray in an MX10004

5. Set the fan speed to normal by using the test chassis fan tray 0 speed normal and test chassis fan tray 1
speed normal commands.

Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray

The Juniper Networks MX10004 router chassis has two independent, field-replaceable fan trays
(JNP10004-FAN2). Each fan tray is a hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU). You
can remove and replace a single fan tray while the router is running without turning off power to the
router or disrupting routing functions.

CAUTION: Remove the fan tray only if you have a replacement fan tray available and
ready to use.

If you remove a fan tray, you have a limited amount of time before the removal triggers a thermal alarm.

Before you remove a fan tray:

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a fan tray from an MX10004:
 225

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Replacement fan tray

• A Phillips (+) screwdriver (optional), number 1 or 2, for the captive screws

NOTE: When replacing the fan trays or SFBs at 40° C chassis ambient temperature, ensure that
the fans run at 100% fan speed for at least 10 minutes before replacing the fans or SFBs.
Use the test chassis fan tray 0 speed full-speed and test chassis fan tray 1 speed full-speed
commands to set the chassis fans to 100% speed.

After replacing the fans or SFBs, set the fans to normal speed using the test chassis fan tray 0
speed normal and test chassis fan tray 1 speed normal command.

You install fan trays vertically on the rear of the chassis.

CAUTION: You can replace one fan tray while the router is operating. However, if you
remove both fan trays at the same time, you’ll trigger a thermal alarm and the system
will shut down. See Figure 86 on page 226.

To remove an MX10004 fan tray:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis (see Figure 84 on page 223).
2. Loosen the four captive screws either by hand or with a Phillips screwdriver.
3. Grasp the top and bottom handles and pull the fan tray out about 3 in. (7.6 cm). See Figure 86 on
page 226.
 226

Figure 86: Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray

4. Tilt the top of the fan tray forward.

5. Using both hands, lift the fan tray out of the slot and rest it on a flat surface with the handles to the
side.

Install an MX10004 Fan Tray Controller

For each of the two fan trays, there is a JNP10004-FTC2 fan tray controller. Each controller is a hot-
removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU); you can remove and replace one fan tray
controller while the router is running without turning off power to the router or disrupting routing
functions. See Figure 89 on page 229.
 227

Figure 87: JNP10004-FTC2 Fan Tray Controller

CAUTION: Remove the fan tray controller only if you have a replacement controller
available.

To install a fan tray controller, you must first remove the associated fan tray. With the fan tray removed,
you can install the fan tray controller horizontally above the Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) at the top of
the chassis.

Before you install a fan tray controller:

• Ensure that you have removed the associated fan tray and fan tray controller. See Figure 86 on page
226 and "Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray Controller" on page 228.

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a fan tray controller in an
MX10004:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Replacement fan tray controller (JNP10004-FTC2)

• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1, for the captive screws (optional)

To install a fan tray controller:

1. Remove the replacement fan tray controller from the antistatic bag.
2. Carefully slide the fan tray controller into the fan tray controller slot until it is flush with the
mounting holes. See Figure 88 on page 228.
 228

Figure 88: Install the MX10004 Fan Tray Controller

3. Tighten the captive screws for the fan tray controller by hand or with a Phillips screwdriver.
4. Reinstall the fan tray. See "Install an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 222.

Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray Controller

For each of the two fan trays, there is a JNP10004-FTC2 fan tray controller. Each fan tray controller is a
hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU); you can remove and replace one fan tray
controller while the router is running without turning off power to the router or disrupting routing
functions. See Figure 87 on page 227.
 229

Figure 89: JNP10004-FTC2 Fan Tray Controller

CAUTION: Remove the fan tray controller only if you have a replacement controller
available.

To access a fan tray controller, you must first remove the fan tray. With the fan tray removed, you can
install the fan tray controller horizontally above the Switch Fabric boards (SFBs) at the top of the chassis.

Before you remove a fan tray controller:

• Review how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page
316.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a fan tray controller from an
MX10004:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• An electrostatic bag or an antistatic mat

• Replacement fan tray controller

• A Phillips (+) screwdriver (optional), number 1, for the captive screws

1. Remove the fan tray. See "Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 224.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray controller by hand or with a Phillips
screwdriver.
3. Grasp the fan tray controller and pull it straight out of the slot. See Figure 90 on page 230.
 230

Figure 90: Remove the JNP10004-FTC2 Fan Tray Controller

4. Place the fan tray controller in an antistatic bag or on an antistatic mat.

MX10004 Switch Fabric Board Maintenance

IN THIS SECTION

How to Handle and Store MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 231

Install an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 233

Remove an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 237

Each Juniper Networks MX10004 router contains a minimum of three and a maximum of six JNP10004-
SF2 Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs). These boards are installed vertically, mid-chassis, between the line
cards and the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs) in the front and the fan trays in the rear. The topics in
this section describe how to install or remove the switch fabric boards in a router.
 231

How to Handle and Store MX10004 Switch Fabric Board

IN THIS SECTION

How to Hold an SFB | 231

How to Store a Switch Fabric Board | 232

The MX10004 SFBs have fragile components. To prevent damage to the SFBs, be sure you follow safe
handling practices.

How to Hold an SFB

You install Juniper Networks Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) vertically and hold them vertically until they
are clear of the router. Then, you rotate them 90 degrees and place them on an antistatic mat or in an
antistatic bag for storage. See Figure 91 on page 231.

Figure 91: JNP10004-SF2 Switch Fabric Board

The proper method of holding an SFB is to:

1. Hold the SFB by the ejectors while keeping the SFB vertical, and slide the SFB about three-quarters
of the way out of the chassis.
 232

2. Place one hand underneath the SFB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Hold the SFB by the ejectors. Never hold the SFB by the connector edge.
The connectors are fragile and the SFB won’t align and seat properly if the connector is
damaged.

CAUTION: Keep SFBs separate. Don’t stack SFBs on top of one another or on top of
any other component.

How to Store a Switch Fabric Board

You must store Juniper Networks Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) either in the chassis or in a spare shipping
container, horizontally, and sheet-metal side down. Do not stack these units on top of one another or on
top of any other component. Place each unit separately in an antistatic bag or on an antistatic mat
placed on a flat, stable surface.

NOTE: We recommend that two people insert the SFB into the bag because these units are
heavy and antistatic bags are fragile.

NOTE: The JNP10004-SF2 SFBs are shipped with protective plastic covers on the fabric
interface connectors. The plastic covers keep the connectors clean and free of dust and other
particles. When you remove JNP10004-SF2 SFB from the router, re-insert the protective plastic
covers on the fabric interface connectors and then place the SFB in an antistatic bag or on an
antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.

To store an SFB in an antistatic bag if two people are available to lift the unit:

1. Hold the unit horizontally with the faceplate toward you.

2. Slide the opening of the bag over the connector edge.

To store an SFB in an antistatic bag if you must insert the SFB into a bag by yourself:

1. Lay the unit horizontally on an antistatic mat that is on a flat, stable surface with the sheet-metal side
down.

2. Orient the unit with the faceplate toward you.

 233

3. Carefully insert the connector edge into the opening of the bag and pull the bag toward you to cover
the unit.

Install an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board

A Juniper Networks MX10004 router has up to six SFBs that are located in the middle of the chassis
behind the fan trays. SIB 0 through SIB 2 are located behind the left fan tray, and SIB 3 through SIB 5
are located behind the right fan tray. You must remove the appropriate fan tray to install an SFB. See
"Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 224.

NOTE: When replacing the fans or SFBs at 40° C chassis ambient temperature, ensure that the
fans run at 100% fan speed for at least 10 minutes before replacing the fans or SFBs.
Use the test chassis fan tray 0 speed full-speed and test chassis fan tray 1 speed full-speed
commands to set the chassis fans to 100% speed.

After replacing the fans or SFBs, set the fans to normal speed using the test chassis fan tray 0
speed normal and test chassis fan tray 1 speed normal command.

If you plan to replace one or more Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs), make sure you calculate the time
required to remove the fan tray, add or replace the SFBs, and install the fan tray in the chassis. To
calculate the time allowed for replacing a SFB, see Table 63 on page 233.

Table 63: Switch Fabric Board Removal Alarm Times

Line Card Type Ambient Temperature (°C) Traffic (%) Duration

MX10K-LC9600 25 100% 2 min 23 sec

35 100% 1 min 26 sec

40 100% 1 min 36 sec

MX10K-LC2101 33 100% 3 min 28 sec

40 100% 2 min 4 sec

 234

Table 63: Switch Fabric Board Removal Alarm Times (Continued)

Line Card Type Ambient Temperature (°C) Traffic (%) Duration

MX10K-LC480 40 100% 6 min

Ensure that you have the following equipment before you install an SFB:

• Antistatic bag or antistatic mat

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Phillips (+) number 2 screwdriver (optional)

• Replacement SFB

To install an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board:

1. Place an antistatic bag or an antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. An ESD point is located next to the protective
earthing terminal and below the bottom power supply on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 92
on page 234).

Figure 92: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10004

1— ESD point

3. Remove the appropriate fan tray (see "Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 224).
 235

CAUTION: Do not remove both fan trays at the same time. Remove and replace
one fan tray at a time. If you remove both fan trays, the system triggers a thermal
alarm and shuts down the router.

4. Either remove the failing SFB (see "Remove an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board" on page 237) or
remove the cover by grasping each side of the plate and pulling straight out (see Figure 93 on page
235).

Figure 93: Remove an SFB Cover on an MX10004

5. Remove the protective plastic covers that are on the fabric interface connectors of the SFB. Save
the plastic covers for future use (see Figure 94 on page 235).

Figure 94: Remove Protective Plastic Covers from JNP10004-SF2 SFB Interface Connectors

6. Lift the SFB by the handle with one hand and support the lower edge with the other hand.
 236

7. Hold the SFB vertically and slide the SFB into the open slot until the ejector handles engage and
start to close.
8. Grasp the two ejector handles and fold them inward until they latch to seat the SFB (see Figure 95
on page 236).

Figure 95: Install an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board

9. Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the SFB by hand or with a Phillips screwdriver
(see Figure 96 on page 237).
 237

Figure 96: Tighten the Captive Screws on the SFB

10. Install the appropriate fan tray (see "Install an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 222).
11. Set the fans to normal speed using the test chassis fan tray speed 0 normal and test chassis fan tray
speed 1 normal command.
12. Bring the SFB online using the request chassis sfb slot slot-number online command.
You can check the status of the SFB using the show chassis sfb and the show chassis fabric summary
commands.

NOTE: If you completely powered off the SFB using the set chassis sfb slot-number offline
command, you must delete the configuration to bring the SFB online. To delete the
configuration and bring a replacement SFB online, use the delete chassis sfb slot-number
offline command.

NOTE: Hyper-mode is the default forwarding mode on the JNP10004-SF2 SFB.

Remove an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board

A Juniper Networks MX10004 router has up to six Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) that are located in the
middle of the chassis behind the fan trays. SIB 0 through SIB 2 are located behind the left fan tray and
 238

SIB 3 through SIB 5 are located behind the right fan tray. You must remove the appropriate fan tray to
access the failing SFB. See "Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 224.

If you plan to replace one or more Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs), make sure you calculate the time
required to remove the fan tray, add or replace the SFBs, and install the fan tray in the chassis. To
calculate the time allowed for replacing a SFB, see Table 63 on page 233.

Ensure that you have the following equipment on hand before replacing a SFB:

• Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• Phillips (+) number 2 screwdriver (optional)

• Replacement SFB or SFB cover (JNP10K-SF-BLNK) for the empty slot

CAUTION: Do not remove the SFB unless you have a replacement SFB or a SFB cover
(JNP10004-SF-BLNK) available.

NOTE: If you are not installing another SFB into the empty card slot within a short time, install
the SFB cover into the slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.

NOTE: When replacing the fans or SFBs at 40° C chassis ambient temperature, ensure that the
fans run at 100% fan speed for at least 10 minutes before replacing the fans or SFBs. Use the
test chassis fan tray 0 speed full-speed and test chassis fan tray 1 speed full-speed commands to set
the chassis fans to 100% speed.
After replacing the fans or SFBs, set the fans to normal speed using the test chassis fan tray 0
speed normal and test chassis fan tray 1 speed normal command.

To remove an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board:

1. Take the SFB offline using the request chassis sfb slot slot-number offline command.

NOTE: If you suspect the SFB is faulty and want to ensure that packets do not flow through
the SFB, power off the SFB instead of taking the SFB offline. To power down the SFB, use the
set chassis sfb slot-number offline command. Before you bring a new SFB in that slot online,
you must delete the old configuration using the delete chassis sfb slot slot-number offline
command.
 239

2. Place an electrostatic bag or an antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

3. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. An ESD point is located next to the protective
earthing terminal and below the bottom power supply on the rear of the MX10004 (see Figure 97 on
page 239).

Figure 97: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10004

1— ESD point

4. Remove the appropriate fan tray (see "Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 224).

CAUTION: Do not remove both fan trays at the same time. Remove and replace one
fan tray at a time. If you remove both fan trays, the system triggers a thermal alarm and
shuts down the chassis.

5. Loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the SFB by hand or with a Phillips screwdriver.
See Figure 98 on page 240.
 240

Figure 98: Loosen the Captive Screws on the SFB

6. Grasp both handles and spread them apart. The SFB slides about a quarter of the way out of the slot.
See Figure 99 on page 240.

Figure 99: Join the Ejector Handles

7. Grasp the ejector handles with one hand and place your other hand under the SFB for support as you
slide the SFB out of the slot.
 241

CAUTION: The SFB surface and handles may be hot. Allow a few minutes for the
surface and handles to cool by pulling the SFB halfway out of the chassis. Wear proper
protective, heat-resistant gloves while removing an SFB.

8. Support the SFB as you rotate the SFB 90 degrees and place it on the antistatic mat with the printed
circuit board (PCB) facing upward. Be careful to handle the SFB by the ejectors. Be careful not to
bump or handle the SFB by the connectors. If you don’t have an antistatic mat, have another person
help you slide the antistatic bag over the SFB before you place it on a stable surface.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on top of one another after you
remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat
surface.

9. Re-insert the protective plastic covers on the fabric interface connectors of the SFB to keep the
connectors clean and free of dust and other particles (see Figure 100 on page 241).

Figure 100: Insert the Protective Plastic Covers on the JNP10004-SF2 SFB Interface Connectors
 242

MX10004 Routing and Control Board Maintenance

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

Maintaining a Juniper Networks MX10004 router Handle and Store Routing and Control Boards
includes removing and installing the Routing and Properly | 242
Control Board (RCB). Install an MX10004 Routing and Control
Board | 244

Remove an MX10004 Routing and Control

Board | 246

Handle and Store Routing and Control Boards Properly

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

This topic will explain how to handle an RCB when Handle a Routing and Control Board
you are installing or after removing an RCB. It also Properly | 242
explains how store the RCB. Store a Routing and Control Board in an
Electrostatic Bag | 243

Handle a Routing and Control Board Properly

Pay attention to the way you handle a Routing and Control Board (RCB). You install RCBs horizontally. It
is best to hold them by the sides when they are not in the chassis, to prevent damage to the connectors.

To handle an RCB properly:

1. Orient the RCB so that the faceplate is toward you.

2. Grasp each side of the unit firmly as you slide the unit out of the chassis.
3. Take care not to strike the unit against any object as you carry it.
 243

CAUTION: Never hold the RCB by the connector edge. The connectors are fragile and
the RCB will not seat properly if one or more of the connectors are damaged.

4. If you must rest an RCB on an edge, place a cushion between the edge and the surface.

CAUTION: Do not stack RCBs on top of one another or on top of any other
component.

5. Place each RCB in an individual antistatic bag or separately on an antistatic mat that is placed on a
flat, stable surface.

Store a Routing and Control Board in an Electrostatic Bag

You must store Routing and Control Boards (RCBs) either in the chassis or in a spare shipping container,
horizontally and sheet-metal side down. Do not stack these units on top of one another or on top of any
other component. Place each unit separately in an antistatic bag or on an antistatic mat placed on a flat,
stable surface.

NOTE: Because these units are heavy and antistatic bags are fragile, two people should insert
the RCB into the bag.

To store an RCB in an electrostatic bag:

1. Hold the unit horizontally with the faceplate toward you.

2. Have the second person slide the opening of the antistatic bag over the connector edge and then
pull the bag to cover the unit.

If you must insert an RCB into a bag by yourself:

1. Lay the unit horizontally on an antistatic mat that is on a flat, stable surface with the sheet-metal side
down.

2. Orient the unit with the faceplate toward you.

3. Carefully insert the connector edge into the opening of the bag and pull the bag toward you to cover
the unit.
 244

Install an MX10004 Routing and Control Board

A Juniper Networks MX10004 router can have one or two Routing and Control Boards (RCBs),
depending on the configuration. You can install RCBs in either of the two top slots on the front of the
chassis.

In redundant configurations, an RCB is a hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU).

In base configurations, you need to install a second RCB before removing a failing RCB in order to
prevent the router from shutting down.

Before you install an RCB, ensure that you have an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap.

To install an MX10004 RCB:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of an ESD strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end of the
strap to the ESD point on the front of the MX10004 (see Figure 101 on page 244).

Figure 101: ESD Point for MX10004 Chassis Front

1— ESD point

2. Either remove the cover panel from the available RCB slot (see Figure 102 on page 245) or remove
the failing RCB (see "Remove an MX10004 Routing and Control Board" on page 246).
 245

Figure 102: Removing a Routing and Control Board Cover Panel

3. Remove the new RCB from the electrostatic bag and inspect it for any damage before installing it in
the chassis.
4. Lift the RCB by its sides, being careful not to strike the connectors against any object.
5. Carefully align the sides of the RCB with the guides inside the chassis.
6. Slide the RCB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is aligned correctly.
7. Grasp both handles and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the RCB is fully seated and the
handles are vertical (see Figure 103 on page 245).
The RCB begins the power-on sequence after it is fully seated.

Figure 103: Routing and Control Board Installation

 246

8. To verify that the RCB is functioning normally, check the PWR LED on its faceplate and the
CONTROL BOARDS LED on the status panel. Both LEDs should light steadily shortly after the RCB is
installed. If the PWR LED is blinking yellow, the available power might be insufficient. Ensure that
you have adequate power for the additional unit.
You can also use the show chassis environment cb command to verify that the RCB is online.

Remove an MX10004 Routing and Control Board

A Juniper Networks MX10004 router can have one or two Routing and Control Boards (RCBs),
depending on the configuration. You can install RCBs in either of the two top slots on the front of the
chassis.

In redundant configurations, an RCB is a hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU).

In base configurations, you need to install a second RCB before removing a failing RCB to prevent the
router from shutting down. We recommend that you take base systems offline before replacing the RCB.

Before you remove an RCB, ensure that you have the following items:

• An electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

• An antistatic mat

• A cover panel for the empty slot if you are not replacing the RCB

CAUTION: In base configurations, removal of the RCB causes the system to shut down.
In redundant configurations, removal of the functioning RCB causes the system to
reboot and start the election process for a new primary.

To remove an MX10004 RCB:

1. Place an antistatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Use the following CLI commands to take the RCB offline:

user@host>request vmhost power-off other-routing engine

Power-off the vmhost ? (yes,no?
yes
Initiating vmhost shutdown...
warning: Initiating Junos shutdown...
shutdown: [pid 42862]
Shutdown NOW!
 247

user@host>request chassis cb slot slot-number offline

You can use the show chassis environment cb | match State CLI command to verify that the RCB is offline.

user@host>show chassis environment cb | match State

State Online Master
State Offline

3. Wrap and fasten one end of an ESD strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end of the
strap to the ESD point on the chassis (see Figure 101 on page 244).
4. Simultaneously rotate the RCB handles counterclockwise to unseat the RCB.
5. Grasp the handles, and slide the RCB about halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 104 on page 247).

Figure 104: Removing a Routing and Control Board

6. Grasp each side of the RCB and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7. Place the RCB on the antistatic mat.
8. If you are not replacing the RCB now, install a cover panel in the empty slot.
 248

MX10004 Line Card Maintenance

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

Maintaining Juniper Networks MX10004 routers Handle and Store MX10004 Line Cards
includes removing and reinstalling line cards. Properly | 248

Handle an MX10004 Line Card

Properly | 248

Store a Line Card Properly | 249

Bring an MX10004 Line Card Online or Take

It Offline | 250

Install an MX10004 Line Card in the Router

Chassis | 251

Remove a Line Card from an MX10004

Router Chassis | 254

Install the Cable Management System—JLC-

CBL-MGMT-KIT | 256

Line cards in the MX10004 are field-replaceable units (FRUs) that can be installed in any of the line card
slots on the front of the chassis. The line cards are hot-insertable and hot-removable: you can remove
and replace them without powering off the router or disrupting router functions.

Handle and Store MX10004 Line Cards Properly

The MX10004 line cards have fragile components. To avoid damaging the line cards, be sure you follow
safe handling practices.

Handle an MX10004 Line Card Properly

Pay attention to the way you handle the line cards. Line cards are installed horizontally, and it is best to
hold them by the sides of the units when they are not in the chassis.

To handle an MX10004 line card properly:

 249

1. Orient the line card so that the faceplate is toward you.

2. Grasp each side of the unit firmly as you slide the unit out of the chassis.
3. Take care not to strike the unit against any object as you carry it.

CAUTION: Never hold the line card by the connector edge. The connectors are fragile
and the line card won’t seat properly if the connector is damaged. See Figure 105 on
page 249.

Figure 105: Connector Edge of a Line Card

1— Connectors

4. If you must rest a line card on an edge, place a cushion between the edge and the surface.

CAUTION: Do not stack line cards on top of one another or on top of any other
component.

5. Place each line card separately in an electrostatic bag or on an antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable
surface.

Store a Line Card Properly

You must store line cards either in the chassis or in a spare shipping container, horizontally and sheet-
metal side down. Don’t stack these units on top of one another or on top of any other component.

You must place each unit separately in an antistatic bag or on an antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable
surface.
 250

NOTE: Because these units are heavy and antistatic bags are fragile, two people should insert
the line card into the bag.

NOTE: The MX10K-LC9600 line cards are shipped with a protective plastic cover on the fabric
interface connectors. The plastic cover keeps the connectors clean and free of dust and other
particles. When you remove MX10K-LC9600 line card from the router, re-insert the protective
plastic cover on the fabric interface connectors and then place the line card in an antistatic bag
or on an antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.

To store a line card properly in an antistatic bag:

1. Hold the unit horizontally with the faceplate toward you.

2. Slide the opening of the antistatic bag over the connector edge.

If you must insert the line card into an antistatic bag by yourself:

1. Lay the unit horizontally on an antistatic mat that is on a flat, stable surface with the sheet-metal side
down.

2. Orient the unit with the faceplate toward you.

3. Carefully insert the connector edge into the opening of the bag and pull the bag toward you to cover
the unit.

Bring an MX10004 Line Card Online or Take It Offline

The offline/online (OFF) button is recessed below the faceplate directly below the status (STS) LED. You
can bring any of the MX10004 line cards online or take them offline using either of these two methods:

• Press the OFF button with a non-conductive pin tool, such as a toothpick, until the STS LED turns off
after about 5 seconds.

• Issue the CLI command:

user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

 251

Install an MX10004 Line Card in the Router Chassis

Before you install a line card in the router chassis:

• Ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)
damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316.

• Review how to handle and store the line card. See "Handle and Store MX10004 Line Cards Properly"
on page 248.

• Inspect the connector edge of the line card for physical damage. Installing a damaged line card might
damage the router.

• Ensure that the router has sufficient power to power the line card while maintaining its n+1 power
redundancy. To determine whether the router has enough power available for the line card, use the
show chassis power detail command.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a line card in the router:

• ESD grounding strap

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

To install an MX10004 line card in the router chassis:

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. An ESD point is located above the status
LED panel on the front of the router chassis. See Figure 106 on page 251.

Figure 106: ESD Point on the Front of the MX10004

1— ESD point

2. Remove the line card cover by grasping the handles and pulling them straight out to expose the slot
for the line card. See Figure 107 on page 252.
 252

Figure 107: Remove the Cover for a Line Card

CAUTION: Do not lift the line card by holding the edge connectors or the handles on
the faceplate. Neither the handles nor the edge connectors can support the weight of
the line card. Lifting the line card by the handles or edge connectors might bend them.
If the edge connectors are bent, you may not be able to seat the line card in the chassis
properly. See Figure 108 on page 252.

Figure 108: Line-Card Connectors

3. Remove the line card from the antistatic bag and inspect it for any damage before you install it in the
chassis.
4. If you are installing MX10K-LC9600, remove the protective plastic cover on the fabric interface
connectors. Save the plastic cover for future use (see Figure 109 on page 253)
 253

Figure 109: Remove Protective Plastic Cover from the MX10K-LC9600 Interface Connectors

5. Grasp and lift the line card by the sides.

6. Slide the line card all the way into the slot until the handle holes align. See Figure 110 on page 253.

Figure 110: Insert the Line Card into the Slot and Rotate the Handles

7. Rotate the handles simultaneously until the line card is fully seated and the handles are vertical.
8. If the router is not powered, the line card automatically comes online when you apply power to the
router. If you are adding the line card to a running system, issue the following command to bring the
line card online:

request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

You can install the optional cable management kit after you install the line cards.
 254

Remove a Line Card from an MX10004 Router Chassis

If you have the optional line-card cable management system, it’s not necessary to remove the cable
management system before removing the line card.

Before you remove a line card from the router chassis:

• Ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)
damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316.

• If any optical cables (including transceivers are installed in the line card), remove them before you
remove the line card. See "Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from an Optical Transceiver on an
MX10004 Router" on page 265.

• Review how to handle and store the line card. See "Handle and Store MX10004 Line Cards Properly"
on page 248.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a line card from an MX10004
chassis:

• ESD grounding strap

• An antistatic bag or antistatic mat

NOTE: Placing a line card in an electrostatic bag might require a second person to assist
with sliding the line card into the bag.

• Replacement line card or a cover (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) for the empty slot

CAUTION: Do not remove the line card unless you have a replacement line card or a
line card cover (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) available.

NOTE: If you are not installing another line card into the empty card slot within a short time,
install the line card cover into the slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.
The air filters in the line card covers will prevent dust and other particles entering the chassis. If
an empty line card slot is not covered, dust and other particles may accumulate on the connector
pins of the installed line cards and SFBs and affect the performance of the router.

To remove a line card from an MX10004 router chassis:

1. Place the antistatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

 255

2. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. An ESD point is located above the status
LED panel on the front of the router chassis. See Figure 106 on page 251.
3. Label the cables connected to each port on the line card so that you can reconnect the cables to the
correct ports.
4. Issue the following CLI command to take the line card offline:

request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

5. Unscrew the line card from the chassis by continually turning the handles to the left until the line
card is fully unseated. See Figure 111 on page 255.

Figure 111: Remove an MX10004 Line Card

6. Using the handles, slide the line card halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not stack line cards on top of one another or on top of any other
component. Place each line card separately in the antistatic bag or on the antistatic
mat placed on a flat, stable surface.

CAUTION: Be prepared to support the full weight of the line card as you slide it out of
the chassis.
 256

7. Grasp both sides of the line card at midpoint and remove the line card from the chassis. Either have
someone assist you in placing the line card into the antistatic bag or rest the card on the antistatic
mat. Take care not to bump or store the line cards on the connectors. See Figure 108 on page 252.
8. If you removed an MX10K-LC9600 from the router, re-insert the protective plastic cover on the
fabric interface connectors of the line card to keep the connectors clean and free of dust and other
particles (see Figure 112 on page 256).

Figure 112: Insert Protective Plastic Cover on MX10K-LC9600 Interface Connectors

9. If you are not installing a line card in the emptied line-card slot within a short time, install a cover
over the slot. Do this to protect the interior of the chassis from dust or other foreign substances and
to ensure that the airflow inside the chassis is not disrupted.

Install the Cable Management System—JLC-CBL-MGMT-KIT

The Juniper Networks JLC-CBL-MGMT-KIT cable management system is an optional, orderable kit. This
kit organizes and protects optical cabling attached to the line cards. After you install a line card, you can
still remove the line card without needing to remove the cable management system.

Ensure that you have the following tool available to install the cable management system on a line card:

Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

To install the cable management system:

1. Open the shipping carton for the cable management system and check that you have:

• Two handle extensions

• One cable tray

 257

Figure 113: Cable Management System Components

1— Handle extensions 2— Cable tray

2. Use the Phillips screwdriver to loosen and remove the screws on the two line-card handles.

Figure 114: Remove the Handle Screws

3. Replace the blue cap on the line-card handle with the two handle extensions.
 258

Figure 115: Attach the Handle Extensions

4. Tighten the screws into the handle extensions.

5. Snap open the blue clips on the ends of the cable tray with your hands.
6. Place the cable tray across the front of the line card so that the two ends of the cable tray are under
the handle extensions.
7. Snap to close the blue clips of the cable tray around the handle extensions.
 259

Figure 116: Add the Cable Tray

Figure 117: Completed Cable Management System

8. Drape and tie the optical cables to the side. Another option is to drape some of the cables under the
handle extension and some cables over the handle extension.
 260

MX10004 Transceiver and Fiber Optic Cable

Installation and Removal

IN THIS SECTION

Install a Transceiver in an MX10004 Line Card | 261

Remove a Transceiver from an MX10004 Line Card | 262

Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable to an Optical Transceiver in an MX10004 Router | 264

Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from an Optical Transceiver on an MX10004 Router | 265

Fiber-Optic Cable Maintenance for an MX10004 Router | 266

The transceivers for the Juniper Networks MX10004 router are hot-removable and hot-insertable field-
replaceable units (FRUs). You can remove and replace them without powering off the device or
disrupting device functions.

To understand how to install or remove a transceiver of an MX10004 router, read the following sections.
 261

Install a Transceiver in an MX10004 Line Card

Before you begin to install a transceiver in a Juniper Networks MX10004 line card, ensure that you have
taken the necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers (see "Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and
Warnings" on page 306).

Ensure that you have a rubber safety cap available to cover the transceiver.

To install a transceiver in an MX10004 line card:

CAUTION: To avoid electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage to the transceiver, do not

touch the connector pins at the end of the transceiver.

1. Remove the transceiver from its bag.

2. Check to see whether the transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the
transceiver with a rubber safety cap.

LASER WARNING: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents
accidental exposure to laser light.

3. If the port in which you want to install the transceiver is covered with a dust cover, remove the dust
cover and save it in case you need to cover the port later.
4. Using both hands, carefully place the transceiver in the empty port. The connectors must face the
device chassis.

CAUTION: Before you slide the transceiver into the port, ensure that the transceiver is
aligned correctly. Misalignment might cause the pins to bend, making the transceiver
unusable. On MX10004 line cards, the ports are designed belly to belly, which requires
you to turn the transceiver over on the bottom port row. See Figure 118 on page 262
and Figure 119 on page 262 for the correct orientation for your device.

5. Slide the transceiver in gently until it is fully seated.

6. Remove the rubber safety cap when you are ready to connect the cable to the transceiver.
 262

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends
of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

Figure 118: Install an SFP Transceiver

Figure 119: Install a QSFP+, QSFP28, or QSFP56-DD Transceiver

Remove a Transceiver from an MX10004 Line Card

Before you begin to remove a transceiver from the MX10004 line card, ensure that you have taken the
necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers (see "Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings"
on page 306).

Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• Antistatic bag or an antistatic mat

 263

• Rubber safety caps to cover the transceiver and fiber-optic cable connector

• Dust cover to cover the port

To remove a transceiver from an MX10004 line card:

1. Place the antistatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD wrist strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end
of the strap to the ESD point on the router.
3. Label the cable connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect it correctly.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends
of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

LASER WARNING: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents
accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. Bending
the cables beyond their minimum bend radius can damage the cables and cause
problems that are difficult to diagnose.

4. Remove the cable connected to the transceiver (see "Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from an Optical
Transceiver on an MX10004 Router" on page 265). Cover the transceiver and the end of each fiber-
optic cable connector with a rubber safety cap immediately after you disconnect the fiber-optic
cables.
5. Using your fingers, pull the ejector lever away from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.

CAUTION: Before removing the transceiver, make sure you open the ejector lever
completely until you hear it click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.

6. Grasp the transceiver ejector lever and gently slide the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3 cm)
straight out of the port.
 264

CAUTION: To prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage to the transceiver, do not

touch the connector pins at the end of the transceiver.

7. Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver and pull it straight out of the port.
8. Place the transceiver in the antistatic bag or on the antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.
9. Place the dust cover over the empty port.

Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable to an Optical Transceiver in an MX10004

Router

Before you connect a fiber-optic cable to an optical transceiver installed in the MX10004 router, ensure
that you have taken the necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers (see "Laser and LED Safety
Guidelines and Warnings" on page 306).

To connect a fiber-optic cable to an optical transceiver in an MX10004 router:

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

LASER WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical
instruments even if the interface has been disabled.

1. If the fiber-optic cable connector is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap. Save the cap.
2. If the optical transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap. Save the cap.
3. Insert the cable connector into the optical transceiver.
4. Secure the cables so that they do not support their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in
a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps cables maintain their shape.

CAUTION: Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. Bending
the cables beyond their minimum bend radius can damage the cables and cause
problems that are difficult to diagnose.
 265

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cables hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cables to dangle, which stresses the cables at the fastening point.

Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from an Optical Transceiver on an

MX10004 Router

Before you disconnect a fiber-optic cable from an optical transceiver installed in an MX10004 router,
ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers (see "Laser and LED
Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 306).

Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• Rubber safety cap to cover the transceiver

• Rubber safety cap to cover the fiber-optic cable connector

To disconnect a fiber-optic cable from an optical transceiver on an MX10004 router:

1. (Recommended) Disable the port in which the transceiver is installed by including the disable
statement at the [edit interfaces] hierarchy level for the specific interface.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends
of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

LASER WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical
instruments even if the interface has been disabled.

2. Carefully unplug the fiber-optic cable connector from the transceiver.

3. Cover the transceiver with a rubber safety cap.

LASER WARNING: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents
accidental exposure to laser light.
 266

4. Cover the fiber-optic cable connector with the rubber safety cap.

Fiber-Optic Cable Maintenance for an MX10004 Router

To maintain fiber-optic cables in an MX10004 router:

• When you unplug a fiber-optic cable from a transceiver, place rubber safety caps over the transceiver
and on the end of the cable.

• Anchor the fiber-optic cable to avoid stress on the connectors. When you attach a fiber-optic cable
to a transceiver, be sure to secure the fiber-optic cable so that it does not support its own weight as
it hangs to the floor. Never let a fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.

• Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. Bending the cables beyond their
minimum bend radius can damage the cables and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cables in and out of optical instruments can damage
the instruments, which are expensive to repair. Attach a short fiber extension to the optical
equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the
short fiber extension. This extension is easier and less expensive to replace than the optical
instruments.

• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the transceiver
or cable connector can cause loss of light, reduction in signal power, and possibly intermittent
problems with the optical connection.

To clean the transceiver canal, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device such as RIFOCS Fiber Optic
Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions in the cleaning kit you use.

After you clean the transceiver, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean. Use
only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit such as the Cletop-S® Fiber Cleaner™.
Follow the directions in the cleaning kit you use.

Remove an MX10004 Router

IN THIS SECTION

Power Off an MX10004 Router | 267

 267

Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift | 268

Manually Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack | 270

The following sections explain how to power off and remove an MX10004 router.

Power Off an MX10004 Router

Before you power off a Juniper Networks MX10004 router:

• Ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)
damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316.

• Ensure that you don’t need to forward traffic through the router.

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to power off the router:

• An ESD grounding strap

• An external management device such as a PC

• An RJ-45-to-DB-9 rollover cable to connect the external management device to the console port
on one of the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs)

To power off an MX10004 router:

1. Connect to the router using one of the following methods:

• Connect a management device to the console (CON) port on an RCB by following the instructions
in "Connect an MX10004 Router to a Management Console" on page 186.

• Connect a management device to one of the two management (MGMT) ports on the RCB by
following the instructions in "Connect an MX10004 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band
Management" on page 185.
2. Shut down Junos OS from the external management device by using the request vmhost power-off
operational mode CLI command followed by the request chassis cb slot slot-number offline. These
commands shut down a single RCB gracefully and preserve system state information. When you
issued this command on a redundant system, it shuts down the partner RCB. A message appears on
the other RCB console, confirming that the operating system has halted. For example, if you want to
shut down the backup RCB, issue the command on the primary RCB. You view the output on the
backup RCB.
 268

3. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the router chassis. One ESD point is located above the
status LED panel on the front of the chassis, and the other ESD point is located in the rear below the
power supplies.
4. Disconnect power to the router by performing one of the following tasks:

• AC power supply—Set the enable router switch to the off (O) position and gently pull out the
coupler for the power cord from the faceplate.

• DC power supply—Switch the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit to
the off position.
5. Remove the power source cable from the power supply faceplate:

• AC power supply—Remove the power cord from the power supply faceplate by detaching the
power cord retainer and gently pulling out the power cord plug that is connected to the power
supply faceplate.

• DC power supply—Loosen the thumbscrews by securing the DC power connector on the power
source cables. Remove the power source cables from the power supply.
6. Remove any remaining cables and optics before you remove the chassis from the rack.

Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack Using a Mechanical

Lift

Before you remove the Juniper Networks MX10004 router using a mechanical lift:

• Ensure that the rack is stable and secured to the building.

• Ensure that there is enough space to place the removed router in its new location and that the path
to the new location is clear. See "MX10004 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware
Maintenance" on page 128.

• Review "General Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 292.

• Review the chassis lifting guidelines described in "Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines" on
page 300.

• Ensure that the router is safely powered off (see "Power Off an MX10004 Router" on page 267).

• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools to remove the router:

• A mechanical lift rated for 250 lbs (113.4 kg)

 269

• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 or number 3, depending on the size of your rack-mount
screws

CAUTION: When removing more than one router chassis from a rack, remove the
routers in order from top to bottom.

Because of the router's size and weight, we strongly recommend that you use a mechanical lift to
remove the MX10004. Lifting the chassis and removing it from a rack or cabinet requires at least three
people.

Make sure the chassis is empty (contains only the fan tray controllers) before you lift it.

NOTE: For instructions on removing a router without using a mechanical lift, see "Manually
Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack" on page 270.

To remove an MX10004 router from a four-post rack using a mechanical lift:

1. Remove all optics, line cards, RCBs, power supplies, fan trays, and SFBs before you attempt to move
the router chassis. See the following topics:

• "Remove a Line Card from an MX10004 Router Chassis" on page 254

• "Remove an MX10004 Routing and Control Board" on page 246

• "Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply" on page 202

• "Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply" on page 209

• "Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply" on page 219

• "Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 224

• "Remove an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board" on page 237

Ensure that all of the removed components are stored in antistatic bags.
2. Use the appropriate Phillips (+) screwdriver to remove the screws that attach the chassis to the rack.
3. Move the lift to the rack and position it so that its platform is centered about 0.5 in. (1.27 cm) below
the bottom of the router chassis and as close to it as possible.
4. Carefully slide the router from the mounting tray attached to the rack onto the lift.
5. Move the lift away from the rack and lower the platform on the lift (see Figure 120 on page 270).
6. Use the lift to transport the router to its new location.
After moving the router to its new location, install the components in the chassis or store the
components in antistatic bags.
 270

Figure 120: Move the MX10004 Using a Mechanical Lift

Manually Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack

Before you manually remove a Juniper Networks MX10004 router from a rack:

• Ensure that the rack is stable and secured to the building.

• Ensure that there is enough space to place the removed router in its new location and that the path
to the new location is clear. "MX10004 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware
Maintenance" on page 128.

• Review "General Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 292.

• Review the chassis lifting guidelines described in "Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines" on
page 300.

• Ensure that the router is safely powered off (see "Power Off an MX10004 Router" on page 267).

• Ensure that you have a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 or number 3, depending on the size of your
rack-mount screws.

If you cannot use a mechanical lift to remove the router (the preferred method), you can remove it
manually.
 271

CAUTION: Because of the router's size and weight, we strongly recommend that you
use a mechanical lift to remove the MX10004. Lifting the chassis and removing it from a
rack or cabinet requires at least three people.
Make sure the chassis is empty (contains only the fan tray controllers) before you lift it.

CAUTION: When removing more than one router chassis from a rack, remove the
routers in order from top to bottom.

To manually remove an MX10004 router from a four-post rack:

1. Remove all optics, line cards, RCBs, power supplies, fan trays, and SFBs before you attempt to move
the router chassis. See the following topics:

• "Remove a Line Card from an MX10004 Router Chassis" on page 254

• "Remove an MX10004 Routing and Control Board" on page 246

• "Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply" on page 202

• "Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply" on page 209

• "Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply" on page 219

• "Remove an MX10004 Fan Tray" on page 224

• "Remove an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board" on page 237

Ensure that all the removed components are stored in antistatic bags.
2. Use the appropriate Phillips (+) screwdriver to remove the screws that attach the chassis to the rack.

WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your
back. Do not twist your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your
footing is firm.

3. Position one person on each side of the rack and another in the rear of the chassis.

NOTE: The two handles on the side of the chassis are meant only to help guide the empty
chassis out of the base and rear brackets; they are not for lifting.

4. On each side, hold the bottom of the chassis and carefully lift it up from the mounting tray attached
to the rack.
 272

5. Carefully lift the chassis out of rack. If you have a pallet jack, move the router onto the pallet jack.
See Figure 121 on page 272.

Figure 121: Lift the MX10004 Without Using a Mechanical Lift

6. Carefully move the chassis to its new location.

After moving the router to its new location, install the components in the chassis or store the
components in antistatic bags.
6CHAPTER

Troubleshooting the MX10004

Router

Alarm Messages | 274

 274

Alarm Messages

IN THIS SECTION

Understanding Alarms | 274

Interface Alarm Messages | 276

Understanding Alarms

The Juniper Networks MX10004 router supports different alarm types and severity levels. Table 64 on
page 274 provides a list of alarm terms and definitions that can help you in monitoring the device.

Table 64: Alarm Terms and Definitions

Term Definition

Alarm Signal alerting you to conditions that might prevent normal operation. On the device, alarm
indicators might include the LCD panel and LEDs on the device. The LCD panel (if present on the
device) displays the chassis alarm message count. Blinking yellow LEDs indicate minor alarm
conditions for chassis components.

Alarm Failure event that triggers an alarm.

condition
 275

Table 64: Alarm Terms and Definitions (Continued)

Term Definition

Alarm Seriousness of the alarm. The level of severity can be either major (red) or minor (yellow).
severity
levels • Major (red)—Indicates a critical situation on the device that has resulted from one of the
following conditions.

A red alarm condition requires immediate action.

• One or more hardware components have failed.

• One or more hardware components have exceeded temperature thresholds.

• An alarm condition configured on an interface has triggered a critical warning.

• Minor (yellow or amber)—Indicates a noncritical condition on the device that, if left ignored or
unaddressed, might cause an interruption in service or degradation in performance.

A yellow alarm condition requires monitoring or maintenance. For example, a missing rescue
configuration generates a yellow system alarm.

Alarm types Alarms include the following types:

• Chassis alarm—Predefined alarm triggered by a physical condition on the device such as a

power supply failure or excessive component temperature.

• Interface alarm—Alarm you configure to alert you when an interface link is down. Applies to
ethernet, fibre-channel, and management-ethernet interfaces. You can configure a red (major) or
yellow (minor) alarm for the link-down condition, or you can have the condition ignored.

• System alarm—Predefined alarm that might be triggered by a missing rescue configuration,

failure to install a license for a licensed software feature, or high disk usage.

SEE ALSO

show chassis alarms

show system alarms
 276

Interface Alarm Messages

You configure interface alarms to alert you when an interface is down.

To configure an interface link-down condition to trigger a red or yellow alarm, or to configure the link-
down condition to be ignored, use the alarm statement at the [edit chassis] hierarchy level. You can
specify the ethernet, fibre-channel, or management-ethernet interface type.

By default, major alarms are configured for interface link-down conditions on the control plane and
management network interfaces in an MX10004 router. The link-down alarms indicate that connectivity
to the control plane network is down. You can configure these alarms to be ignored using the alarm
statement at the [edit chassis] hierarchy level.
7 CHAPTER

Contacting Customer Support and

Returning the Chassis or Components

Return Procedures for the MX10004 Chassis or Components | 278

 278

Return Procedures for the MX10004 Chassis or

Components

IN THIS SECTION

Return Procedure Overview | 278

Locate the Serial Number on an MX10004 Chassis or Component | 279

Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for an MX10004 Router or
Component | 284

How to Pack an MX10004 Router or Component for Shipping | 285

If you need to return a hardware component to Juniper Networks, you need a Return Material
Authorization (RMA) number and the equipment serial number. The Juniper Networks Technical
Assistance Center (JTAC) can generate an RMA number. You may also need to locate chassis or
component details using the CLI or by referring to equipment labels. You then pack and ship the return.

Return Procedure Overview

If you need to return an MX10004 chassis or an MX10004 component to Juniper Networks for repair or
replacement, follow these steps:

1. Determine the serial number of the component. For instructions, see "Locate the Serial Number on
an MX10004 Chassis or Component" on page 279.
2. Obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number from the Juniper Technical Assistance Center
(JTAC), as described in "Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for an
MX10004 Router or Component" on page 284.

NOTE: Obtain an RMA number before you attempt to return any component to Juniper
Networks. Juniper Networks reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA.
Refused shipments are returned to the customer through collect freight.

3. Pack the router or component for shipping, as described in "How to Pack an MX10004 Router or
Component for Shipping" on page 285.
 279

For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support page at https://
www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html.

Locate the Serial Number on an MX10004 Chassis or Component

IN THIS SECTION

List the MX10004 Chassis and Component Details Using the CLI | 279

Locate the Chassis Serial Number ID Label on an MX10004 Chassis | 280

Locate the Serial Number ID Label on an MX10004 Power Supply | 280

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10004 Fan Trays and Fan Tray Controllers | 281

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10004 Routing and Control Boards | 282

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10004 Line Card | 283

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board | 284

If you want to return a router or component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement, you must
locate the serial number of the router or component. You must provide the serial number to the Juniper
Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) when you contact them to obtain an RMA. See "Contact
Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for an MX10004 Router or Component"
on page 284.

If the router is operational and you can access the CLI, you can list serial numbers for the router and for
some components with a CLI command. If you don’t have access to the CLI, or if the serial number for
the component doesn’t appear in the command output, you can locate the serial number ID label on the
router or component.

NOTE: If you want to find the serial number ID label on a component, you need to remove the
component from the router chassis.

List the MX10004 Chassis and Component Details Using the CLI

To list the MX10004 router chassis and the components and their serial numbers, use the show chassis
hardware CLI operational mode command.
 280

Locate the Chassis Serial Number ID Label on an MX10004 Chassis

The serial number ID label is located on a label on the left side as you face the front of the router
chassis. See Figure 122 on page 280 for the location on an MX10004 router.

Figure 122: MX10004 Serial Number Label

Locate the Serial Number ID Label on an MX10004 Power Supply

The power supplies installed in an MX10004 routers are field-replaceable units (FRUs). For each FRU,
you must remove the FRU from the router chassis to see the FRU serial number ID label.

• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply—The serial ID label is on the right side of the power supply. See
Figure 123 on page 281.
 281

Figure 123: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply Serial Number Location

• JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply—The serial number ID label is on the left side of the power supply.
See Figure 124 on page 281.

Figure 124: JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply Serial Number Location

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10004 Fan Trays and Fan Tray Controllers
The two fan trays and their associated fan tray controllers installed in an MX10004 router are field-
replaceable units (FRUs). For each FRU, you must remove the FRU from the router chassis to see the
FRU serial number ID label.
 282

• Fan tray–The serial number ID label for the fan tray (JNP10004-FAN2) is located on the inside of the
fan tray at the base of the fan tray Control Board (CB). See Figure 125 on page 282.

Figure 125: MX10004 Fan Tray Serial Number Location

• Fan tray controller–The serial number ID label for the fan tray controller (JNP10004-FTC2) is located
on the top of the fan tray controller. See Figure 126 on page 282.

Figure 126: MX10004 Fan Tray Controller Serial Number Location

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10004 Routing and Control Boards
The serial number ID label for a Routing and Control Board (RCB) is located on the connector end of the
unit. See Figure 127 on page 283.
 283

Figure 127: MX10004 Routing and Control Board Serial Number Location

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10004 Line Card

The serial number ID label for an MX10004 line card is located on the connector end of the card (see
Figure 128 on page 283).

Figure 128: Line Card Serial Number Location

 284

Locate the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board

The serial number ID label for an MX10004 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) is located on the side of the
board. See Figure 129 on page 284.

Figure 129: MX10004 SFB Serial Number Location

Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization

for an MX10004 Router or Component

If you want to return an MX10004 router or component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement,
you must first obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) from the Juniper Networks Technical
Assistance Center (JTAC).

After locating the serial number of the device or component you want to return, open a service request
with the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) on the Web or by telephone.
 285

For instructions on locating the serial number of the device or component you want to return, see the
following device instructions:

• "Locate the Serial Number on an MX10004 Chassis or Component" on page 279

Before you request an RMA from JTAC, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing service request number, if you have one

• Serial number of the component

• Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address

• Details of the failure or problem

• Type of activity being performed on the device when the problem occurred

• Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands

You can contact JTAC 24 hours a day, seven days a week on the Web or by telephone:

• Service Request Manager: https://support.juniper.net/support/

• Telephone: +1-888-314-JTAC (+1-888-314-5822), toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico

NOTE: For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see https://
www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html.

If you are contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 12-digit service request number followed by the
pound or hash (#) key for an existing case, or press the star (*) key to be routed to the next available
support engineer.

The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the
component.

How to Pack an MX10004 Router or Component for Shipping

IN THIS SECTION

Pack an MX10004 Chassis for Shipping | 286

Pack MX10004 Components for Shipping | 289

 286

Follow this procedure if you want to return an MX10004 chassis or router component to Juniper
Networks for repair or replacement.

Before you pack an MX10004 router or router component:

• Ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)
damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 316.

• Pack your chassis or component using one of these sets of materials:

• Use the packing material from the replacement chassis or component.

• Retrieve the original shipping carton and packing materials.

If you do not have either set of packing materials, contact your JTAC representative to learn about
approved packing materials. See "Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization
for an MX10004 Router or Component" on page 284.

Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• ESD grounding strap

• Electrostatic bag for each component

• If you want to return the chassis:

• A 13/32-in. or 10-mm open-end or socket wrench to install the bracket bolts on the chassis and
shipping pallet

• An appropriate screwdriver for the mounting screws used on your rack

Pack an MX10004 Chassis for Shipping

The MX10004 router chassis is shipped in a cardboard box that has a two-layer wooden pallet base with
foam cushioning between the layers. The router chassis is bolted to the pallet base with four pallet
fasteners, two on each side of the chassis. See Figure 130 on page 287 for the stacking configuration of
the MX10004 chassis.
 287

Figure 130: Stacking Configuration for Packing the MX10004 Chassis

To pack an MX10004 chassis for shipping:

1. Power down the chassis and remove the power cables. See "Remove an MX10004 Router" on page
266.
2. Remove the cables that connect the MX10004 chassis to all external devices.
3. Remove all line cards and pack them in their original shipping containers. See "Remove a Line Card
from an MX10004 Router Chassis" on page 254 and "Store a Line Card Properly" on page 249.
4. Install covers over blank slots.
Leave components that came installed in the chassis, inside the chassis. These components may
include RCBs or power supplies.
5. Move the wooden pallet and packing material to a staging area as close to the router as possible.
Make sure that there is enough space to move the router chassis from the rack to the wooden
pallet.
6. Position a mechanical lift under the router. If a mechanical lift is not available, have three people
support the weight of the router while another person uses the screwdriver to remove the front
mounting screws that attach the router chassis mounting brackets to the rack. For MX10004
 288

removal, see "Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift" on page
268 or "Manually Remove an MX10004 Router from a Four-Post Rack" on page 270.
7. Remove the router from the rack (see "Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines" on page 300)
and place the router on the shipping pallet. Position the router on the pallet so that the front of the
router is facing the silkscreened “front” mark on the pallet. The pallet also has crop marks to guide
you in positioning the router chassis.
8. Use the 13/32-in. or 10-mm open-end or socket wrench to install the four sets of brackets and
bolts that secure the router chassis to the wooden pallet.
9. Slide the plastic cover over the router chassis. The plastic cover is part of the router’s original
packing materials.
10. Place the packing foam on top of and around the router.
11. Place the power cords in the box.
12. Remove the rack-mount kit from the rack and place the kit and the connecting screws in the
accessory box.
13. If you want to return accessories or FRUs with the router, pack them as instructed in "Pack
MX10004 Components for Shipping" on page 289.
14. Verify that all accessories are present. See "Compare the MX10004 Router Order to the Packing
List" on page 157.
15. Slide the cardboard box over the router chassis, making sure that the arrows on the box point up
and the pallet fasteners to secure the cardboard box to the wooden pallet are near the bottom.
16. Attach the cardboard box to the wooden pallet by screwing two screws into each of the four pallet
fasteners. See Figure 131 on page 288.

Figure 131: Attach the MX10004 Router to the Pallet

17. Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.
 289

Pack MX10004 Components for Shipping

Before you begin to pack a router component, ensure that you have the following parts and tools
available:

• Antistatic bag for each component

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

CAUTION: Do not stack router components. Return individual components in separate

boxes if they do not fit together on one level in the shipping box.

To pack MX10004 components for shipping:

1. Place individual FRUs in antistatic bags.

2. Use the original packing materials if they are available. If the original packing materials are not
available, ensure that the component is adequately packed to prevent damage during transit. The
packing material you use must be able to support the weight of the component.
3. Ensure that the components are adequately protected with packing materials and packed so that the
pieces cannot move around inside the carton.
4. Close the top of the cardboard shipping box and seal it with packing tape.
5. Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.
8 CHAPTER

Safety and Compliance Information

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 292

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels | 293

Qualified Personnel Warning | 295

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden | 295

Fire Safety Requirements | 296

Installation Instructions Warning | 297

Restricted Access Warning | 298

Ramp Warning | 299

Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines | 300

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings | 300

Grounded Equipment Warning | 304

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 305

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 306

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 309

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 315

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 316

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines | 318

AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 319

AC Power Disconnection Warning | 320

DC Power Disconnection Warning | 321

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning | 322

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning | 323

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 325

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 326

TN Power Warning | 327

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident | 327

Agency Approvals for MX10004 Routers | 328

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX10004 Router | 330
 292

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the device from damage. The list of
guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be
alert and exercise good judgment at all times.

• Perform only the procedures explicitly described in the hardware documentation for this device.
Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.

• Keep the area around the device clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.

• Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking.

• Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught
in the device.

• Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.

• Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe.

• Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.

• Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.

• Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet
environments.

• Operate the device only when it is properly grounded.

• Follow the instructions in this guide to properly ground the device to earth.

• Replace fuses only with fuses of the same type and rating.

• Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet-metal parts unless instructions are provided in the
hardware documentation for this device. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.

• Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could
result in electrical shock or fire.

• Avoid spilling liquid onto the chassis or onto any device component. Such an action could cause
electrical shock or damage the device.

• Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their
power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.
 293

• Some parts of the chassis, including AC and DC power supply surfaces, power supply unit handles,
SFB card handles, and fan tray handles might become hot. The following label provides the warning
for hot surfaces on the chassis:

• Always ensure that all modules, power supplies, and cover panels are fully inserted and that the
installation screws are fully tightened.

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels

The documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings (there are two Warning formats):

NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or you might overlook this
important information if it was not highlighted in a Note.

CAUTION: You need to observe the specified guidelines to prevent minor injury or
discomfort to you or severe damage to the device.
Attention Veillez à respecter les consignes indiquées pour éviter toute incommodité ou
blessure légère, voire des dégâts graves pour l’appareil.

LASER WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Avertissement Ce symbole signale un risque de blessure provoquée par rayon laser.

WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily
injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with
electrical circuitry, and familiarize yourself with standard practices for preventing
accidents.
 294

Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie

die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken,
dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient
u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.

Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa
ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää
sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien
ehkäisykeinoista.

Avertissement Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans

une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de
travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits
électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter
les accidents.

Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die
zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der Arbeit an irgendeinem
Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren
und der Standardpraktiken zur Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.

Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe

causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre
conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche
standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.

Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre
til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de
faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig
praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.

Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá
causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento,
familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer
práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes.

¡Atención! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física.
Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que entraña la corriente
eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes.

Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan
leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara
medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga
skador.
 295

Qualified Personnel Warning

WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the device.
Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd
personeel uitgevoerd worden.

Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa tämän
laitteen.

Avertissement Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé par du

personnel qualifié et compétent.

Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder

auswechseln lassen.

Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare

o sostituire questo apparecchio.

Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller bytte ut dette
utstyret.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por pessoal
devidamente treinado e qualificado.

¡Atención! Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por

personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado.

Varning! Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad och
kvalificerad personal.

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden

WARNING: The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.

Advarsel Apparatet skal kobles til en jordet stikkontakt.

Varning! Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat nätuttag.

 296

Fire Safety Requirements

IN THIS SECTION

Fire Suppression | 296

Fire Suppression Equipment | 296

In the event of a fire emergency, the safety of people is the primary concern. You should establish
procedures for protecting people in the event of a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly
provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers.

In addition, you should establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire emergency.
Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We
recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the
equipment and that all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances be observed when you
install and operate your equipment.

Fire Suppression

In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, you should first turn power off to the equipment
at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants, to extinguish
the fire.

Fire Suppression Equipment

Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide and Halotron™,
are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace oxygen from the
point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air
from the environment for cooling, you should use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher
instead of an extinguisher that leaves residues on equipment.

Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers). The
primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and
 297

difficult to clean. In addition, in the presence of minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium

phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.

Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to
premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.

NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire
at or near a Juniper Networks device. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no
longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.

We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally

responsible manner.

Installation Instructions Warning

WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the device to a power
source.
Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de
voeding verbindt.

Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen.

Avertissement Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les

directives d'installation.

Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an die
Stromquelle anschließen.

Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema

all'alimentatore.

Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden.

Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte de energia.

¡Atención! Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de

alimentación.

Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess

strömförsörjningsenhet.
 298

Restricted Access Warning

WARNING: This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted
access area is an area to which access can be gained only by service personnel through
the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and which is
controlled by the authority responsible for the location.
Waarschuwing Dit toestel is bedoeld voor installatie op plaatsen met beperkte toegang.
Een plaats met beperkte toegang is een plaats waar toegang slechts door
servicepersoneel verkregen kan worden door middel van een speciaal instrument, een
slot en sleutel, of een ander veiligheidsmiddel, en welke beheerd wordt door de
overheidsinstantie die verantwoordelijk is voor de locatie.

Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on rajoitettua.

Paikka, johon pääsy on rajoitettua, tarkoittaa paikkaa, johon vain huoltohenkilöstö
pääsee jonkin erikoistyökalun, lukkoon sopivan avaimen tai jonkin muun turvalaitteen
avulla ja joka on paikasta vastuussa olevien toimivaltaisten henkilöiden valvoma.

Avertissement Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d'accès réservé. Ces dernières
sont des zones auxquelles seul le personnel de service peut accéder en utilisant un outil
spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout autre moyen de sécurité.
L'accès aux zones de sécurité est sous le contrôle de l'autorité responsable de
l'emplacement.

Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem Zutritt
vorgesehen. Ein Bereich mit beschränktem Zutritt ist ein Bereich, zu dem nur
Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloß und Schlüssel oder anderer
Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Zugang hat, und der von dem für die Anlage zuständigen
Gremium kontrolliert wird.

Avvertenza Questa unità deve essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato. Un'area
ad accesso limitato è un'area accessibile solo a personale di assistenza tramite
un'attrezzo speciale, lucchetto, o altri dispositivi di sicurezza, ed è controllata
dall'autorità responsabile della zona.

Advarsel Denne enheten er laget for installasjon i områder med begrenset adgang. Et
område med begrenset adgang gir kun adgang til servicepersonale som bruker et
spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller en annen sikkerhetsanordning, og det kontrolleres
av den autoriteten som er ansvarlig for området.

Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito. Uma área
de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal de serviço autorizado,
 299

que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura especial, ou qualquer outra forma de
segurança. Esta área é controlada pela autoridade responsável pelo local.

¡Atención! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalarse en áreas de acceso restringido.
Área de acceso restringido significa un área a la que solamente tiene acceso el personal
de servicio mediante la utilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con llave, o
algún otro medio de seguridad, y que está bajo el control de la autoridad responsable
del local.

Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat tillträde. Ett
område med begränsat tillträde får endast tillträdas av servicepersonal med ett speciellt
verktyg, lås och nyckel, eller annan säkerhetsanordning, och kontrolleras av den
auktoritet som ansvarar för området.

Ramp Warning

WARNING: When installing the device, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10
degrees.
Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden.

Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta.

Avertissement Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10 degrés.

Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden.

Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi.

Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader.

Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus.

¡Atención! No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados.

Varning! Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.

 300

Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines

• Before moving the device to a site, ensure that the site meets the power, environmental, and
clearance requirements.

• Before lifting or moving the device, disconnect all external cables and wires.

• As when lifting any heavy object, ensure that your legs bear most of the weight rather than your
back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight. Do not twist your body as you lift.
Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is firm.

• Use the following lifting guidelines to lift devices and components:

• Up to 39.7 lb (18 kg): One person.

• From 39.7 lb (18 kg) to 70.5 lb (32 kg): Two or more people.

• From 70.5 lb (32 kg) to 121.2 lb (55 kg): Three or more people.

• Above 121.2 lb (55 kg): Use material handling systems (such as levers, slings, lifts, and so on).
When this is not practical, engage specially trained persons or systems (such as riggers or movers).

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings

Ensure that the rack or cabinet in which the device is installed is evenly and securely supported. Uneven
mechanical loading could lead to a hazardous condition.

WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the device in a rack,
take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following
directives help maintain your safety:

• Install the device in a rack that is secured to the building structure.

• Mount the device at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.

• When mounting the device on a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom
to the top, with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.

• If the rack is provided with stabilizing equipment, install the stabilizers before
mounting or servicing the device in the rack.
 301

Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek

monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen
nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen
worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren:

• De Juniper Networks switch moet in een stellage worden geïnstalleerd die aan een
bouwsel is verankerd.

• Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige
in het rek is.

• Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van
onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek.

• Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te

monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt
geeft.

Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on
noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta
vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:

• Juniper Networks switch on asennettava telineeseen, joka on kiinnitetty

rakennukseen.

• Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan.

• Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen

alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan.

• Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen

tai sen huoltamista siinä.

Avertissement Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage
ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions
spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont
destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:

• Le rack sur lequel est monté le Juniper Networks switch doit être fixé à la structure
du bâtiment.

• Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le
bas.
 302

• Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de
bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.

• Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de

monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.

Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser
Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um
sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur
Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:

• Der Juniper Networks switch muß in einem Gestell installiert werden, das in der
Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.

• Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht
werden.

• Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das Gestell von
unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell
anzubringen ist.

• Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die Stabilisatoren
zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten.

Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa

unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema
rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza
personale:

• Il Juniper Networks switch deve essere installato in un telaio, il quale deve essere
fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.

• Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell'unica unità
da montare nel supporto.

• Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il

supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del
supporto.

• Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di

montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.
 303

Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne

enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt.
Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:

• Juniper Networks switch må installeres i et stativ som er forankret til

bygningsstrukturen.

• Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i
kabinettet.

• Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet
lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet.

• Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før

montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet.

Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa
estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui
um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com
segurança:

• O Juniper Networks switch deverá ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura do
edificio.

• Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única
unidade a ser montada.

• Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais
pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima.

• Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou

reparar a unidade.

¡Atención! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor,
oeriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el
sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes
instrucciones:

• El Juniper Networks switch debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del

edificio.

• Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el
mismo.
 304

• Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado,

comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo
más pesado en la parte inferior.

• Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar

o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.

Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på
denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att
försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din
säkerhet:

• Juniper Networks switch måste installeras i en ställning som är förankrad i

byggnadens struktur.

• Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned
på ställningen.

• Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån
och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen.

• Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan

enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.

Grounded Equipment Warning

WARNING: This device must be properly grounded at all times. Follow the instructions
in this guide to properly ground the device to earth.
Waarschuwing Dit apparaat moet altijd goed geaard zijn. Volg de instructies in deze
gids om het apparaat goed te aarden.

Varoitus Laitteen on oltava pysyvästi maadoitettu. Maadoita laite asianmukaisesti

noudattamalla tämän oppaan ohjeita.

Avertissement L’appareil doit être correctement mis à la terre à tout moment. Suivez les
instructions de ce guide pour correctement mettre l’appareil à la terre.

Warnung Das Gerät muss immer ordnungsgemäß geerdet sein. Befolgen Sie die
Anweisungen in dieser Anleitung, um das Gerät ordnungsgemäß zu erden.
 305

Avvertenza Questo dispositivo deve sempre disporre di una connessione a massa.

Seguire le istruzioni indicate in questa guida per connettere correttamente il dispositivo
a massa.

Advarsel Denne enheten på jordes skikkelig hele tiden. Følg instruksjonene i denne
veiledningen for å jorde enheten.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Siga las instrucciones en esta guía
para conectar correctamente este dispositivo a tierra.

¡Atención! Este dispositivo debe estar correctamente conectado a tierra en todo

momento. Siga las instrucciones en esta guía para conectar correctamente este
dispositivo a tierra.

Varning! Den här enheten måste vara ordentligt jordad. Följ instruktionerna i den här
guiden för att jorda enheten ordentligt.

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning

LASER WARNING: Because invisible radiation might be emitted from the aperture of
the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare
into open apertures.
Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan
komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken
in open openingen vermeden te worden.

Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei
ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin.

Avertissement Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port

lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas
regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.

Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein
Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den Strahlungen auszusetzen,
und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!
 306

Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere
emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate
direttamente nelle aperture.

Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi
usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel.

Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de

acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar an
EXposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a
descoberto.

¡Atención! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando
no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no
exponerse a la radiación.

Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och
du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade
öppningar.

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings

IN THIS SECTION

General Laser Safety Guidelines | 307

Class 1 Laser Product Warning | 307

Class 1 LED Product Warning | 308

Laser Beam Warning | 308

Juniper Networks devices are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered a Class 1 Laser
Product by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product per
IEC/EN 60825-1 requirements.

Observe the following guidelines and warnings:

 307

General Laser Safety Guidelines

When working around ports that support optical transceivers, observe the following safety guidelines to
prevent eye injury:

• Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.

• Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.

• Avoid direct exposure to the beam.

LASER WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation.
The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the
eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the
eye.
Avertissement Les connecteurs à fibre optique sans terminaison peuvent émettre un
rayonnement laser invisible. Le cristallin de l’œil humain faisant converger toute la
puissance du laser sur la rétine, toute focalisation directe de l’œil sur une source laser,
—même de faible puissance—, peut entraîner des lésions oculaires irréversibles.

Class 1 Laser Product Warning

LASER WARNING: Class 1 laser product.

Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.

Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote.

Avertissement Produit laser de classe I.

Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1.

Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1.

Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1.

Aviso Produto laser de classe 1.

¡Atención! Producto láser Clase I.

Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1.

 308

Class 1 LED Product Warning

LASER WARNING: Class 1 LED product.

Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product.

Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote.

Avertissement Alarme de produit LED Class I.

Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung.

Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1.

Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1.

Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED.

¡Atención! Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1.

Varning! Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.

Laser Beam Warning

LASER WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical
instruments.
Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische
instrumenten.

Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen avulla.

Avertissement Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide

d'instruments optiques.

Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen Geräten
prüfen.

Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo
direttamente.

Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter.

 309

Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com
instrumentos ópticos.

¡Atención! No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos

ópticos.

Varning! Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom optiska
instrument.

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and

Warnings

IN THIS SECTION

Battery Handling Warning | 309

Jewelry Removal Warning | 310

Lightning Activity Warning | 312

Operating Temperature Warning | 313

Product Disposal Warning | 314

While performing the maintenance activities for devices, observe the following guidelines and warnings:

Battery Handling Warning

WARNING: Replacing a battery incorrectly might result in an explosion. Replace a

battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt.
Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant
 310

aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften

weggeworpen te worden.

Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä vaihtamiseen
ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on valmistajan suosittelema.
Hävitä käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.

Avertissement Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement. Ne la

remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent, recommandée par le
fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.

Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr. Ersetzen Sie
die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp.
Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den Anweisungen des Herstellers.

Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte. Skift kun
med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten. Kasser brukte
batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.

Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata correttamente.

Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata dal produttore. Eliminare
le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.

Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente. Substitua

a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante.
Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instruções do fabricante.

¡Atención! Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera incorrecta.

Reemplazar la baterían EXclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente
recomendado por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas según las instrucciones
del fabricante.

Varning! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med samma
batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande. Följ tillverkarens
anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.

Jewelry Removal Warning

WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove

jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected
to power and ground and can cause serious burns or can be welded to the terminals.
 311

Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is

verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges) verwijderen. Metalen
voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen
ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen
lassen.

Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa, ota

pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien). Metalliesineet
kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa
vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liitäntänapoihin.

Avertissement Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques, ôter
tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés à
l'alimentation et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui peut provoquer
des blessures graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.

Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind, jeglichen
Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen. Metallgegenstände
erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden, und können
schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt
werden.

Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione,

togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti ed orologi). Gli oggetti
metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa: possono
causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo può saldarsi ai terminali.

Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du skal arbeide
på utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som er koblet til
kraftledninger og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige brannskader eller
smelte fast til polene.

Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente, retire
todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e relógios). Os objectos metálicos
aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo
causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais.

¡Atención! Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de alimentación, quitarse

las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando
se conectan a la alimentación y a tierra, lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o
que los objetos metálicos queden soldados a los bornes.
 312

Varning! Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du
arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt hettas upp när de
kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt
kan också sammansvetsas med kontakterna.

Lightning Activity Warning

WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods
of lightning activity.
Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet aan het
systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen.

Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota kaapeleita
ukkosilmalla.

Avertissement Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les câbles

pendant un orage.

Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an bzw. trennen
Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert.

Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un
temporale con fulmini.

Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet når det
tordner eller lyner.

Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos de mau
tempo (trovoada).

¡Atención! No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso

de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera.

Varning! Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss
kablar.
 313

Operating Temperature Warning

WARNING: To prevent the device from overheating, do not operate it in an area that
exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature. To prevent airflow
restriction, allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.
Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke switch van de Juniper Networks router dan
ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale
aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40° C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen
dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de ventilatie-
openingen te zijn.

Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks switch-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi, sitä ei saa käyttää
tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun ympäristölämpötilan 40° C. Ettei
ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.

Avertissement Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper

Networks switch, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température ambiante est
supérieure à 40° C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant, dégagez un espace d'au moins
15,2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations.

Warnung Um einen Router der switch vor Überhitzung zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in
einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene
Maximum von 40° C überschreitet. Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie
darauf, daß mindestens 15,2 cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei
bleibt.

Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei switch, non adoperateli in un locale che
ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di 40° C. Per evitare che la circolazione
dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15.2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle
ventole.

Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks switch Disse

skal ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen
overstiger 40° C (104° F). Sørg for at klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm
(6 tommer) for å forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.

Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks switch, não

utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a temperatura máxima recomendada de
40° C. Para evitar a restrição à circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm
à volta das aberturas de ventilação.
 314

¡Atención! Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks switch se

recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se supere la temperatura ambiente
máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para impedir la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un
espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación.

Varning! Förhindra att en Juniper Networks switch överhettas genom att inte använda
den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen på 40° C
överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt
utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring ventilationsöppningarna.

Product Disposal Warning

WARNING: Disposal of this device must be handled according to all national laws and
regulations.
Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te
worden afgedankt.

Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia

valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen.

Avertissement La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée

conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur.

Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend
entsorgt werden.

Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le

normative italiane vigenti in materia

Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og
forskrifter.

Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo com os
regulamentos e a legislação nacional.

¡Atención! El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las leyes y
regulaciones nacionales

Varning! Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets alla lagar
och föreskrifter.
 315

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

WARNING: Certain ports on the device are designed for use as intrabuilding (within-
the-building) interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE)
and require isolation from the exposed outside plant (OSP) cabling. To comply with
NEBS (Network Equipment-Building System) requirements and protect against lightning
surges and commercial power disturbances, the intrabuilding ports must not be
metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. The
intrabuilding ports on the device are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or
unexposed wiring or cabling only. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient
protection for connecting these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
Avertissement Certains ports de l’appareil sont destinés à un usage en intérieur
uniquement (ports Type 2 ou Type 4 tels que décrits dans le document GR-1089-CORE)
et doivent être isolés du câblage de l’installation extérieure exposée. Pour respecter les
exigences NEBS et assurer une protection contre la foudre et les perturbations de
tension secteur, les ports pour intérieur ne doivent pas être raccordés physiquement
aux interfaces prévues pour la connexion à l’installation extérieure ou à son câblage. Les
ports pour intérieur de l’appareil sont réservés au raccordement de câbles pour intérieur
ou non exposés uniquement. L’ajout de protections ne constitue pas une précaution
suffisante pour raccorder physiquement ces interfaces au câblage de l’installation
extérieure.

CAUTION: Before removing or installing components of a device, connect an

electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to an ESD point and wrap and fasten the
other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD grounding strap
could result in damage to the device.
Attention Avant de retirer ou d’installer des composants d’un appareil, raccordez un
bracelet antistatique à un point de décharge électrostatique et fixez le bracelet à votre
poignet nu. L’absence de port d’un bracelet antistatique pourrait provoquer des dégâts
sur l’appareil.

• Install the device in compliance with the following local, national, and international electrical codes:

• United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States National Electrical
Code.

• Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.

• Evaluated to the TN power system.

 316

• Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1.

• Suitable for installation in Information Technology Rooms in accordance with Article 645 of the
National Electrical Code and NFPA 75.

Peut être installé dans des salles de matériel de traitement de l’information conformément à
l’article 645 du National Electrical Code et à la NFPA 75.

• Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical
accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.

• Make sure that you clean grounding surface and give them a bright finish before making grounding
connections.

• Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.

• Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to
work.

• Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power
extension cords, and missing safety grounds.

• Operate the device within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.

• To ensure that the device and peripheral equipment function safely and correctly, use the cables and
connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good
condition.

You can remove and replace many device components without powering off or disconnecting power to
the device, as detailed elsewhere in the hardware documentation for this device. Never install
equipment that appears to be damaged.

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Device components that are shipped in antistatic bags are sensitive to damage from static electricity.
Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially
damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move
components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for
electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:

• Always use an ESD wrist strap when you are handling components that are subject to ESD damage,
and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.
 317

If a grounding strap is not available, hold the component in its antistatic bag (see Figure 132 on page
317) in one hand and touch the exposed, bare metal of the device with the other hand immediately
before inserting the component into the device.

WARNING: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD grounding
strap. The measurement must be in the range 1 through 10 Mohms.
Avertissement Par mesure de sécurité, vérifiez régulièrement la résistance du bracelet
antistatique. Cette valeur doit être comprise entre 1 et 10 mégohms (Mohms).

• When handling any component that is subject to ESD damage and that is removed from the device,
make sure the equipment end of your ESD wrist strap is attached to the ESD point on the chassis.

If no grounding strap is available, touch the exposed, bare metal of the device to ground yourself
before handling the component.

• Avoid contact between the component that is subject to ESD damage and your clothing. ESD
voltages emitted from clothing can damage components.

• When removing or installing a component that is subject to ESD damage, always place it component-
side up on an antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an antistatic bag (see Figure 132 on
page 317). If you are returning a component, place it in an antistatic bag before packing it.

Figure 132: Placing a Component into an Antistatic Bag

 318

CAUTION: ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 cables such as Category 5e and Category 6 can get

electrostatically charged. To dissipate this charge, always ground the cables to a suitable
and safe earth ground before connecting them to the system.
Attention Les câbles ANSI/TIA/EIA-568, par exemple Cat 5e et Cat 6, peuvent
emmagasiner des charges électrostatiques. Pour évacuer ces charges, reliez toujours les
câbles à une prise de terre adaptée avant de les raccorder au système.

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines

Table 65 on page 318 describes the factors you must consider while planning the electrical wiring at
your site.

WARNING: You must provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and use
electrical surge-suppression devices.
Avertissement Vous devez établir un environnement protégé et convenablement mis à
la terre et utiliser des dispositifs de parasurtension.

Table 65: Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines

Site Wiring Guidelines

Factor

Signaling If your site experiences any of the following problems, consult experts in electrical surge
limitations suppression and shielding:

• Radio frequency interference (RFI) because of improperly installed wires

• Damage from lightning strikes occuring when wires exceed recommended distances or pass
between buildings

• Electromagnetic pulses (EMPs) caused by lightning damaging unshielded conductors and

electronic devices
 319

Table 65: Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines (Continued)

Site Wiring Guidelines

Factor

Radio To reduce or eliminate RFI from your site wiring, do the following:
frequency
interference • Use a twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors.

• To exceed the recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one
ground conductor for each data signal, when applicable.

Electromagnet If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), particularly
ic from lightning or radio transmitters, seek expert advice.
compatibility
Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can cause:

• Destruction of the signal drivers and receivers in the device.

• Electrical hazards as a result of power surges conducted over the lines into the equipment.

AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC-powered devices:

• Note the following warnings printed on the device:

“CAUTION: THIS UNIT HAS MORE THAN ONE POWER SUPPLY CORD. DISCONNECT ALL
POWER SUPPLY CORDS BEFORE SERVICING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK.”

“ATTENTION: CET APPAREIL COMPORTE PLUS D'UN CORDON D'ALIMENTATION. AFIN DE

PRÉVENIR LES CHOCS ÉLECTRIQUES, DÉBRANCHER TOUT CORDON D'ALIMENTATION AVANT
DE FAIRE LE DÉPANNAGE.”

• AC-powered devices are shipped with a three-wire electrical cord with a grounding-type plug that
fits only a grounding-type power outlet. Do not circumvent this safety feature. Equipment grounding
must comply with local and national electrical codes.

• You must provide an external certified circuit breaker (2-pole circuit breaker or 4-pole circuit breaker
based on your device) rated minimum 20 A in the building installation.
 320

• The power cord serves as the main disconnecting device for the AC-powered device. The socket
outlet must be near the AC-powered device and be easily accessible.

• For devices that have more than one power supply connection, you must ensure that all power
connections are fully disconnected so that power to the device is completely removed to prevent
electric shock. To disconnect power, unplug all power cords (one for each power supply).

Power Cable Warning (Japanese)

WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product.

AC Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power
cords from an AC-powered device.
Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u
bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen.

Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto, ennen kuin teet mitään

asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.

Avertissement Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation

électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif.

Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten,
ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw.

Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di

alimentazione sulle unità CA.

Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av
strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut på vekselstrømsenheter.
 321

Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de

fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente
alternada.

¡Atención! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de

alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna
(CA).

Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för
växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden.

DC Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before performing any of the DC power procedures, ensure that power is
removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker
on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF
position, and tape the device handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te
controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te
verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de
stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de
UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de
UIT positie vast.

Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden

suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta
huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-
asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.

Avertissement Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier

que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le
disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le
disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée
du disjoncteur en position OFF.

Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die
Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom
abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher für die
 322

Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie
den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.

Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il
circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata
(OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito
CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale
posizione.

Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet

likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved å lokalisere
strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og
teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.

Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a

fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. Para se assegurar que
toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de
corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF (Desligado), segurando nessa posição a
manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.

¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación
del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda
la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que
alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la
posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en
posición de Apagado (OFF).

Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att

strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är
BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och
tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning

An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch
circuit supply conductors but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes is installed as part of the branch
circuit that supplies the device. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply
transformer or motor generator set.
 323

WARNING: When you install the device, the ground connection must always be made
first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste
worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt.

Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja

maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi.

Avertissement Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours être

connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier.

Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt
und zuletzt abgetrennt werden.

Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento

a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo.

Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist.

Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e
a última a ser desligada.

¡Atención! Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la última.

Varning! Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och
kopplas bort sist.

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning

WARNING: Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs. When connecting
power, the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, +RTN to +RTN, then –48 V to –
48 V. When disconnecting power, the proper wiring sequence is –48 V to –48 V, +RTN
to +RTN, then ground to ground. Note that the ground wire must always be connected
first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde, +RTN naar
+RTN, en –48 V naar – 48 V. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde losgemaakt is en –48 naar –
48 V, +RTN naar +RTN, aarde naar aarde.
 324

Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon, +RTN varten

+RTN, –48 V varten – 48 V. Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys on –48 V varten – 48 V,
+RTN varten +RTN, maajohto maajohtoon.

Avertissement Câblez l'approvisionnement d'alimentation CC En utilisant les crochets

appropriés à l'extrémité de câblage. En reliant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage
est rectifié pour rectifier, +RTN à +RTN, puis –48 V à –48 V. En débranchant la
puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est –48 V à –48 V, +RTN à +RTN, a alors rectifié
pour rectifier. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché
pour la dernière fois. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et
débranché pour la dernière fois.

Warnung Die Stromzufuhr ist nur mit geeigneten Ringösen an das DC Netzteil
anzuschliessen. Die richtige Anschlusssequenz ist: Erdanschluss zu Erdanschluss, +RTN
zu +RTN und dann -48V zu -48V. Die richtige Sequenz zum Abtrennen der
Stromversorgung ist -48V zu -48V, +RTN zu +RTN und dann Erdanschluss zu
Erdanschluss. Es ist zu beachten dass der Erdanschluss immer zuerst angeschlossen und
als letztes abgetrennt wird.

Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC. Cablare l'alimentatore CC

usando i connettori adatti all'estremità del cablaggio, come illustrato. La corretta
sequenza di cablaggio è da massa a massa, da positivo a positivo (da linea ad L) e da
negativo a negativo (da neutro a N). Tenere presente che il filo di massa deve sempre
venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.

Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord, +RTN til +RTN, –48 V til –
48 V. Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er –48 V til – 48 V, +RTN til +RTN, jord til jord.

Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales apropiados en el
extremo del cableado. Al conectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado se
muele para moler, +RTN a +RTN, entonces –48 V a –48 V. Al desconectar potencia, la
secuencia apropiada del cableado es –48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, entonces molió para
moler. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y
desconectar por último. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre
primero y desconectar por último.

¡Atención! Wire a fonte de alimentação de DC Usando os talões apropriados nan

EXtremidade da fiação. Ao conectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é
moída para moer, +RTN a +RTN, então –48 V a –48 V. Ao desconectar a potência, a
seqüência apropriada da fiação é –48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, moeu então para moer.
Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por
último. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e
desconectado por último.
 325

Varning! Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord, +RTN till +RTN, –48 V till –48 V.
Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar –48 V till –48 V, +RTN till +RTN, jord till jord.

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning

WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such
as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations must be the
appropriate size for the wires and must clamp both the insulation and conductor.
Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken
die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het
grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten
dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de
geleider vast te klemmen.

Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää,

esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt
kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee
puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.

Avertissement Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales
homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses
rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et
doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.

Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene

Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. für einen geschlossenen Regelkreis oder gabelförmig, mit
nach oben gerichteten Kabelschuhen zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten die
angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter
festklemmen.

Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a
occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la
misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.

Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente

ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med
oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til
ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.
 326

Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use
terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e
planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima. Estas terminações de cabo deverão
ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender
simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.

¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables

homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de
conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para
los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.

Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas,

t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp. Storleken på dessa
kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen
och ledaren fastklämda.

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning

WARNING: The network device has more than one power supply connection. All
connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.
Waarschuwing Deze eenheid heeft meer dan één stroomtoevoerverbinding; alle
verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze eenheid
volledig te verwijderen.

Varoitus Tässä laitteessa on useampia virtalähdekytkentöjä. Kaikki kytkennät on

irrotettava kokonaan, jotta virta poistettaisiin täysin laitteesta.

Avertissement Cette unité est équipée de plusieurs raccordements d'alimentation. Pour

supprimer tout courant électrique de l'unité, tous les cordons d'alimentation doivent
être débranchés.

Warnung Diese Einheit verfügt über mehr als einen Stromanschluß; um Strom gänzlich
von der Einheit fernzuhalten, müssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt sein.

Avvertenza Questa unità ha più di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico; tutte le
connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere l'elettricità dall'unità.

Advarsel Denne enheten har mer enn én strømtilkobling. Alle tilkoblinger må kobles helt
fra for å eliminere strøm fra enheten.
 327

Aviso Este dispositivo possui mais do que uma conexão de fonte de alimentação de
energia; para poder remover a fonte de alimentação de energia, deverão ser
desconectadas todas as conexões existentes.

¡Atención! Esta unidad tiene más de una conexión de suministros de alimentación; para
eliminar la alimentación por completo, deben desconectarse completamente todas las
conexiones.

Varning! Denna enhet har mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning; alla anslutningar

måste vara helt avlägsnade innan strömtillförseln till enheten är fullständigt bruten.

TN Power Warning

WARNING: The device is designed to work with a TN power system.

Waarschuwing Het apparaat is ontworpen om te functioneren met TN
energiesystemen.

Varoitus Koje on suunniteltu toimimaan TN-sähkövoimajärjestelmien yhteydessä.

Avertissement Ce dispositif a été conçu pour fonctionner avec des systèmes

d'alimentation TN.

Warnung Das Gerät ist für die Verwendung mit TN-Stromsystemen ausgelegt.

Avvertenza Il dispositivo è stato progettato per l'uso con sistemi di alimentazione TN.

Advarsel Utstyret er utfomet til bruk med TN-strømsystemer.

Aviso O dispositivo foi criado para operar com sistemas de corrente TN.

¡Atención! El equipo está diseñado para trabajar con sistemas de alimentación tipo TN.

Varning! Enheten är konstruerad för användning tillsammans med elkraftssystem av TN-

typ.

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident

If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:
 328

1. Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.

2. Disconnect power from the device.

3. If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, and
then call for help.

Agency Approvals for MX10004 Routers

IN THIS SECTION

Compliance Statement for Argentina | 329

The MX10004 routers comply with the following standards:

• Safety

• CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1-14 and 60950-1

• UL 62368-1 and 60950-1

• IEC 62368-1 and 60950-1 (All country deviations): CB Scheme report

• IEC 62368-3 for USB and PoE: CB Scheme report

• CFR, Title 21, Chapter 1, Subchapter J, Part 1040

• REDR c 1370 OR CAN/CSA-E 60825-1- Part 1

• IEC 60825-1

• IEC 60825-2

• EMC

• FCC 47 CFR Part 15

• ICES-003 / ICES-GEN

• EN 300 386 V1.6.1

• EN 300 386 V2.1.1

 329

• EN 55032

• CISPR 32

• EN 55024

• CISPR 24

• EN 55035

• CISPR 35

• IEC/EN 61000 Series

• AS/NZS CISPR 32

• VCCI-CISPR 32

• BSMI CNS 13438

• KN32 and KN35

• KN 61000 Series

• TEC/SD/DD/EMC-221/05/OCT-16

• TCVN 7189

• TCVN 7317

Compliance Statement for Argentina

EQUIPO DE USO IDÓNEO.

 330

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for

the MX10004 Router

IN THIS SECTION

Canada | 330

European Community | 331

Israel | 331

Japan | 331

Korea | 332

United States | 332

Nonregulatory Environmental Standards | 332

This topic describes the EMC requirements for the MX10004 routers for:

Canada

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means that the equipment
meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety requirements. Industry
Canada does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the users’ satisfaction.

Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to connect the equipment to
the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an
acceptable method of connection. In some cases, the inside wiring associated with a single line
individual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly. The customer should be
aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some
situations.

Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility

designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment
 331

malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the
equipment.

CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make electrical ground connections by

themselves, but should contact the appropriate inspection authority or an electrician, as
appropriate.

Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility,
telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This
precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.

European Community

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which
case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Israel

Translation from Hebrew–Warning: This product is Class A. In residential environments, the product may
cause radio interference, and in such a situation, the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Japan

The preceding translates as follows:

 332

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which
case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

VCCI-A

Korea

The preceding translates as follows:

This equipment is Industrial (Class A) electromagnetic wave suitability equipment and seller or user
should take notice of it, and this equipment is to be used in the places except for home.

United States

The MX10004 devices have been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this
equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense.

Nonregulatory Environmental Standards

These MX10004 is designed to be Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) compliant:

Those device product SKUs are designed to meet the following NEBS compliance standards:
 333

• GR-3160 for TELCO Data centers

• GR-1089-Core: EMC and Electrical Safety for Network Telecommunications Equipment

• The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical Code (NEC)
applies.

• The battery return connection is to be treated as an Isolated DC return (DC-I), as defined in

GR-1089-CORE.

• GR-63-Core

• The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network (CBN).

• The equipment is suitable for installation in a central office (CO).